blob: b838289e59c73b81d1e1da9dc6cc6a837bc46d89 [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001//===- InstructionCombining.cpp - Combine multiple instructions -----------===//
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002//
John Criswell482202a2003-10-20 19:43:21 +00003// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file was developed by the LLVM research group and is distributed under
6// the University of Illinois Open Source License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00007//
John Criswell482202a2003-10-20 19:43:21 +00008//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00009//
10// InstructionCombining - Combine instructions to form fewer, simple
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +000011// instructions. This pass does not modify the CFG This pass is where algebraic
12// simplification happens.
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +000013//
14// This pass combines things like:
Chris Lattnerdd1a86d2004-05-04 15:19:33 +000015// %Y = add int %X, 1
16// %Z = add int %Y, 1
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +000017// into:
Chris Lattnerdd1a86d2004-05-04 15:19:33 +000018// %Z = add int %X, 2
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +000019//
20// This is a simple worklist driven algorithm.
21//
Chris Lattner216c7b82003-09-10 05:29:43 +000022// This pass guarantees that the following canonicalizations are performed on
Chris Lattnerbfb1d032003-07-23 21:41:57 +000023// the program:
24// 1. If a binary operator has a constant operand, it is moved to the RHS
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +000025// 2. Bitwise operators with constant operands are always grouped so that
26// shifts are performed first, then or's, then and's, then xor's.
Chris Lattnerbfb1d032003-07-23 21:41:57 +000027// 3. SetCC instructions are converted from <,>,<=,>= to ==,!= if possible
28// 4. All SetCC instructions on boolean values are replaced with logical ops
Chris Lattnerede3fe02003-08-13 04:18:28 +000029// 5. add X, X is represented as (X*2) => (X << 1)
30// 6. Multiplies with a power-of-two constant argument are transformed into
31// shifts.
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +000032// ... etc.
Chris Lattnerbfb1d032003-07-23 21:41:57 +000033//
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +000034//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
35
Chris Lattner7d2a5392004-03-13 23:54:27 +000036#define DEBUG_TYPE "instcombine"
Chris Lattnerb4cfa7f2002-05-07 20:03:00 +000037#include "llvm/Transforms/Scalar.h"
Chris Lattner00648e12004-10-12 04:52:52 +000038#include "llvm/IntrinsicInst.h"
Chris Lattner04805fa2002-02-26 21:46:54 +000039#include "llvm/Pass.h"
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +000040#include "llvm/DerivedTypes.h"
Chris Lattner0f1d8a32003-06-26 05:06:25 +000041#include "llvm/GlobalVariable.h"
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +000042#include "llvm/Target/TargetData.h"
43#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/BasicBlockUtils.h"
44#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/Local.h"
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +000045#include "llvm/Support/CallSite.h"
Chris Lattner39c98bb2004-12-08 23:43:58 +000046#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +000047#include "llvm/Support/GetElementPtrTypeIterator.h"
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +000048#include "llvm/Support/InstVisitor.h"
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +000049#include "llvm/Support/PatternMatch.h"
Chris Lattner4ed40f72005-07-07 20:40:38 +000050#include "llvm/ADT/DepthFirstIterator.h"
Reid Spencer7c16caa2004-09-01 22:55:40 +000051#include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h"
Chris Lattner39c98bb2004-12-08 23:43:58 +000052#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Chris Lattner053c0932002-05-14 15:24:07 +000053#include <algorithm>
Chris Lattner8427bff2003-12-07 01:24:23 +000054using namespace llvm;
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +000055using namespace llvm::PatternMatch;
Brian Gaeke960707c2003-11-11 22:41:34 +000056
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +000057namespace {
Chris Lattnerbf3a0992002-10-01 22:38:41 +000058 Statistic<> NumCombined ("instcombine", "Number of insts combined");
59 Statistic<> NumConstProp("instcombine", "Number of constant folds");
60 Statistic<> NumDeadInst ("instcombine", "Number of dead inst eliminated");
Chris Lattner39c98bb2004-12-08 23:43:58 +000061 Statistic<> NumSunkInst ("instcombine", "Number of instructions sunk");
Chris Lattnerbf3a0992002-10-01 22:38:41 +000062
Chris Lattnerc8e66542002-04-27 06:56:12 +000063 class InstCombiner : public FunctionPass,
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +000064 public InstVisitor<InstCombiner, Instruction*> {
65 // Worklist of all of the instructions that need to be simplified.
66 std::vector<Instruction*> WorkList;
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +000067 TargetData *TD;
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +000068
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +000069 /// AddUsersToWorkList - When an instruction is simplified, add all users of
70 /// the instruction to the work lists because they might get more simplified
71 /// now.
72 ///
73 void AddUsersToWorkList(Instruction &I) {
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +000074 for (Value::use_iterator UI = I.use_begin(), UE = I.use_end();
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +000075 UI != UE; ++UI)
76 WorkList.push_back(cast<Instruction>(*UI));
77 }
78
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +000079 /// AddUsesToWorkList - When an instruction is simplified, add operands to
80 /// the work lists because they might get more simplified now.
81 ///
82 void AddUsesToWorkList(Instruction &I) {
83 for (unsigned i = 0, e = I.getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
84 if (Instruction *Op = dyn_cast<Instruction>(I.getOperand(i)))
85 WorkList.push_back(Op);
86 }
87
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +000088 // removeFromWorkList - remove all instances of I from the worklist.
89 void removeFromWorkList(Instruction *I);
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +000090 public:
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +000091 virtual bool runOnFunction(Function &F);
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +000092
Chris Lattnerf12cc842002-04-28 21:27:06 +000093 virtual void getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const {
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +000094 AU.addRequired<TargetData>();
Chris Lattner820d9712002-10-21 20:00:28 +000095 AU.setPreservesCFG();
Chris Lattnerf12cc842002-04-28 21:27:06 +000096 }
97
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +000098 TargetData &getTargetData() const { return *TD; }
99
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000100 // Visitation implementation - Implement instruction combining for different
101 // instruction types. The semantics are as follows:
102 // Return Value:
103 // null - No change was made
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +0000104 // I - Change was made, I is still valid, I may be dead though
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000105 // otherwise - Change was made, replace I with returned instruction
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000106 //
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000107 Instruction *visitAdd(BinaryOperator &I);
108 Instruction *visitSub(BinaryOperator &I);
109 Instruction *visitMul(BinaryOperator &I);
110 Instruction *visitDiv(BinaryOperator &I);
111 Instruction *visitRem(BinaryOperator &I);
112 Instruction *visitAnd(BinaryOperator &I);
113 Instruction *visitOr (BinaryOperator &I);
114 Instruction *visitXor(BinaryOperator &I);
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +0000115 Instruction *visitSetCondInst(SetCondInst &I);
116 Instruction *visitSetCondInstWithCastAndCast(SetCondInst &SCI);
117
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +0000118 Instruction *FoldGEPSetCC(User *GEPLHS, Value *RHS,
119 Instruction::BinaryOps Cond, Instruction &I);
Chris Lattnere8d6c602003-03-10 19:16:08 +0000120 Instruction *visitShiftInst(ShiftInst &I);
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000121 Instruction *visitCastInst(CastInst &CI);
Chris Lattner411336f2005-01-19 21:50:18 +0000122 Instruction *FoldSelectOpOp(SelectInst &SI, Instruction *TI,
123 Instruction *FI);
Chris Lattnerb909e8b2004-03-12 05:52:32 +0000124 Instruction *visitSelectInst(SelectInst &CI);
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +0000125 Instruction *visitCallInst(CallInst &CI);
126 Instruction *visitInvokeInst(InvokeInst &II);
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000127 Instruction *visitPHINode(PHINode &PN);
128 Instruction *visitGetElementPtrInst(GetElementPtrInst &GEP);
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +0000129 Instruction *visitAllocationInst(AllocationInst &AI);
Chris Lattner8427bff2003-12-07 01:24:23 +0000130 Instruction *visitFreeInst(FreeInst &FI);
Chris Lattner0f1d8a32003-06-26 05:06:25 +0000131 Instruction *visitLoadInst(LoadInst &LI);
Chris Lattner31f486c2005-01-31 05:36:43 +0000132 Instruction *visitStoreInst(StoreInst &SI);
Chris Lattner9eef8a72003-06-04 04:46:00 +0000133 Instruction *visitBranchInst(BranchInst &BI);
Chris Lattner4c9c20a2004-07-03 00:26:11 +0000134 Instruction *visitSwitchInst(SwitchInst &SI);
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000135
136 // visitInstruction - Specify what to return for unhandled instructions...
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000137 Instruction *visitInstruction(Instruction &I) { return 0; }
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +0000138
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +0000139 private:
Chris Lattneraec3d942003-10-07 22:32:43 +0000140 Instruction *visitCallSite(CallSite CS);
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +0000141 bool transformConstExprCastCall(CallSite CS);
142
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +0000143 public:
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +0000144 // InsertNewInstBefore - insert an instruction New before instruction Old
145 // in the program. Add the new instruction to the worklist.
146 //
Chris Lattner623826c2004-09-28 21:48:02 +0000147 Instruction *InsertNewInstBefore(Instruction *New, Instruction &Old) {
Chris Lattner65217ff2002-08-23 18:32:43 +0000148 assert(New && New->getParent() == 0 &&
149 "New instruction already inserted into a basic block!");
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +0000150 BasicBlock *BB = Old.getParent();
151 BB->getInstList().insert(&Old, New); // Insert inst
152 WorkList.push_back(New); // Add to worklist
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000153 return New;
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +0000154 }
155
Chris Lattner7e794272004-09-24 15:21:34 +0000156 /// InsertCastBefore - Insert a cast of V to TY before the instruction POS.
157 /// This also adds the cast to the worklist. Finally, this returns the
158 /// cast.
159 Value *InsertCastBefore(Value *V, const Type *Ty, Instruction &Pos) {
160 if (V->getType() == Ty) return V;
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000161
Chris Lattner7e794272004-09-24 15:21:34 +0000162 Instruction *C = new CastInst(V, Ty, V->getName(), &Pos);
163 WorkList.push_back(C);
164 return C;
165 }
166
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +0000167 // ReplaceInstUsesWith - This method is to be used when an instruction is
168 // found to be dead, replacable with another preexisting expression. Here
169 // we add all uses of I to the worklist, replace all uses of I with the new
170 // value, then return I, so that the inst combiner will know that I was
171 // modified.
172 //
173 Instruction *ReplaceInstUsesWith(Instruction &I, Value *V) {
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +0000174 AddUsersToWorkList(I); // Add all modified instrs to worklist
Chris Lattner8953b902004-04-05 02:10:19 +0000175 if (&I != V) {
176 I.replaceAllUsesWith(V);
177 return &I;
178 } else {
179 // If we are replacing the instruction with itself, this must be in a
180 // segment of unreachable code, so just clobber the instruction.
Chris Lattner8ba9ec92004-10-18 02:59:09 +0000181 I.replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(I.getType()));
Chris Lattner8953b902004-04-05 02:10:19 +0000182 return &I;
183 }
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +0000184 }
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +0000185
186 // EraseInstFromFunction - When dealing with an instruction that has side
187 // effects or produces a void value, we can't rely on DCE to delete the
188 // instruction. Instead, visit methods should return the value returned by
189 // this function.
190 Instruction *EraseInstFromFunction(Instruction &I) {
191 assert(I.use_empty() && "Cannot erase instruction that is used!");
192 AddUsesToWorkList(I);
193 removeFromWorkList(&I);
Chris Lattner95307542004-11-18 21:41:39 +0000194 I.eraseFromParent();
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +0000195 return 0; // Don't do anything with FI
196 }
197
198
Chris Lattner3ac7c262003-08-13 20:16:26 +0000199 private:
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +0000200 /// InsertOperandCastBefore - This inserts a cast of V to DestTy before the
201 /// InsertBefore instruction. This is specialized a bit to avoid inserting
202 /// casts that are known to not do anything...
203 ///
204 Value *InsertOperandCastBefore(Value *V, const Type *DestTy,
205 Instruction *InsertBefore);
206
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000207 // SimplifyCommutative - This performs a few simplifications for commutative
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000208 // operators.
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000209 bool SimplifyCommutative(BinaryOperator &I);
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +0000210
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000211
212 // FoldOpIntoPhi - Given a binary operator or cast instruction which has a
213 // PHI node as operand #0, see if we can fold the instruction into the PHI
214 // (which is only possible if all operands to the PHI are constants).
215 Instruction *FoldOpIntoPhi(Instruction &I);
216
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +0000217 // FoldPHIArgOpIntoPHI - If all operands to a PHI node are the same "unary"
218 // operator and they all are only used by the PHI, PHI together their
219 // inputs, and do the operation once, to the result of the PHI.
220 Instruction *FoldPHIArgOpIntoPHI(PHINode &PN);
221
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +0000222 Instruction *OptAndOp(Instruction *Op, ConstantIntegral *OpRHS,
223 ConstantIntegral *AndRHS, BinaryOperator &TheAnd);
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +0000224
225 Instruction *InsertRangeTest(Value *V, Constant *Lo, Constant *Hi,
226 bool Inside, Instruction &IB);
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000227 };
Chris Lattnerb28b6802002-07-23 18:06:35 +0000228
Chris Lattnerc8b70922002-07-26 21:12:46 +0000229 RegisterOpt<InstCombiner> X("instcombine", "Combine redundant instructions");
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000230}
231
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000232// getComplexity: Assign a complexity or rank value to LLVM Values...
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000233// 0 -> undef, 1 -> Const, 2 -> Other, 3 -> Arg, 3 -> Unary, 4 -> OtherInst
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000234static unsigned getComplexity(Value *V) {
235 if (isa<Instruction>(V)) {
236 if (BinaryOperator::isNeg(V) || BinaryOperator::isNot(V))
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000237 return 3;
238 return 4;
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000239 }
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000240 if (isa<Argument>(V)) return 3;
241 return isa<Constant>(V) ? (isa<UndefValue>(V) ? 0 : 1) : 2;
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000242}
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000243
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000244// isOnlyUse - Return true if this instruction will be deleted if we stop using
245// it.
246static bool isOnlyUse(Value *V) {
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +0000247 return V->hasOneUse() || isa<Constant>(V);
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000248}
249
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000250// getPromotedType - Return the specified type promoted as it would be to pass
251// though a va_arg area...
252static const Type *getPromotedType(const Type *Ty) {
Chris Lattner97bfcea2004-06-17 18:16:02 +0000253 switch (Ty->getTypeID()) {
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000254 case Type::SByteTyID:
255 case Type::ShortTyID: return Type::IntTy;
256 case Type::UByteTyID:
257 case Type::UShortTyID: return Type::UIntTy;
258 case Type::FloatTyID: return Type::DoubleTy;
259 default: return Ty;
260 }
261}
262
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000263// SimplifyCommutative - This performs a few simplifications for commutative
264// operators:
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000265//
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000266// 1. Order operands such that they are listed from right (least complex) to
267// left (most complex). This puts constants before unary operators before
268// binary operators.
269//
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000270// 2. Transform: (op (op V, C1), C2) ==> (op V, (op C1, C2))
271// 3. Transform: (op (op V1, C1), (op V2, C2)) ==> (op (op V1, V2), (op C1,C2))
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000272//
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000273bool InstCombiner::SimplifyCommutative(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000274 bool Changed = false;
275 if (getComplexity(I.getOperand(0)) < getComplexity(I.getOperand(1)))
276 Changed = !I.swapOperands();
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000277
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000278 if (!I.isAssociative()) return Changed;
279 Instruction::BinaryOps Opcode = I.getOpcode();
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000280 if (BinaryOperator *Op = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(I.getOperand(0)))
281 if (Op->getOpcode() == Opcode && isa<Constant>(Op->getOperand(1))) {
282 if (isa<Constant>(I.getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattner34428442003-05-27 16:40:51 +0000283 Constant *Folded = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(),
284 cast<Constant>(I.getOperand(1)),
285 cast<Constant>(Op->getOperand(1)));
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000286 I.setOperand(0, Op->getOperand(0));
287 I.setOperand(1, Folded);
288 return true;
289 } else if (BinaryOperator *Op1=dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(I.getOperand(1)))
290 if (Op1->getOpcode() == Opcode && isa<Constant>(Op1->getOperand(1)) &&
291 isOnlyUse(Op) && isOnlyUse(Op1)) {
292 Constant *C1 = cast<Constant>(Op->getOperand(1));
293 Constant *C2 = cast<Constant>(Op1->getOperand(1));
294
295 // Fold (op (op V1, C1), (op V2, C2)) ==> (op (op V1, V2), (op C1,C2))
Chris Lattner34428442003-05-27 16:40:51 +0000296 Constant *Folded = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), C1, C2);
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000297 Instruction *New = BinaryOperator::create(Opcode, Op->getOperand(0),
298 Op1->getOperand(0),
299 Op1->getName(), &I);
300 WorkList.push_back(New);
301 I.setOperand(0, New);
302 I.setOperand(1, Folded);
303 return true;
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000304 }
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000305 }
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000306 return Changed;
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000307}
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +0000308
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000309// dyn_castNegVal - Given a 'sub' instruction, return the RHS of the instruction
310// if the LHS is a constant zero (which is the 'negate' form).
Chris Lattner9fa53de2002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000311//
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000312static inline Value *dyn_castNegVal(Value *V) {
313 if (BinaryOperator::isNeg(V))
Chris Lattnerd6f636a2005-04-24 07:30:14 +0000314 return BinaryOperator::getNegArgument(V);
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000315
Chris Lattner9ad0d552004-12-14 20:08:06 +0000316 // Constants can be considered to be negated values if they can be folded.
317 if (ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V))
318 return ConstantExpr::getNeg(C);
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000319 return 0;
Chris Lattner9fa53de2002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000320}
321
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000322static inline Value *dyn_castNotVal(Value *V) {
323 if (BinaryOperator::isNot(V))
Chris Lattnerd6f636a2005-04-24 07:30:14 +0000324 return BinaryOperator::getNotArgument(V);
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000325
326 // Constants can be considered to be not'ed values...
Chris Lattnerdd65d862003-04-30 22:34:06 +0000327 if (ConstantIntegral *C = dyn_cast<ConstantIntegral>(V))
Chris Lattnerc8e7e292004-06-10 02:12:35 +0000328 return ConstantExpr::getNot(C);
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000329 return 0;
330}
331
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000332// dyn_castFoldableMul - If this value is a multiply that can be folded into
333// other computations (because it has a constant operand), return the
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000334// non-constant operand of the multiply, and set CST to point to the multiplier.
335// Otherwise, return null.
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000336//
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000337static inline Value *dyn_castFoldableMul(Value *V, ConstantInt *&CST) {
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +0000338 if (V->hasOneUse() && V->getType()->isInteger())
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000339 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) {
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000340 if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Mul)
Chris Lattner970136362004-11-15 05:54:07 +0000341 if ((CST = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))))
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000342 return I->getOperand(0);
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000343 if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl)
Chris Lattner970136362004-11-15 05:54:07 +0000344 if ((CST = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1)))) {
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000345 // The multiplier is really 1 << CST.
346 Constant *One = ConstantInt::get(V->getType(), 1);
347 CST = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getShl(One, CST));
348 return I->getOperand(0);
349 }
350 }
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000351 return 0;
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000352}
Chris Lattner31ae8632002-08-14 17:51:49 +0000353
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +0000354/// dyn_castGetElementPtr - If this is a getelementptr instruction or constant
355/// expression, return it.
356static User *dyn_castGetElementPtr(Value *V) {
357 if (isa<GetElementPtrInst>(V)) return cast<User>(V);
358 if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(V))
359 if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr)
360 return cast<User>(V);
361 return false;
362}
363
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000364// Log2 - Calculate the log base 2 for the specified value if it is exactly a
365// power of 2.
366static unsigned Log2(uint64_t Val) {
367 assert(Val > 1 && "Values 0 and 1 should be handled elsewhere!");
368 unsigned Count = 0;
369 while (Val != 1) {
370 if (Val & 1) return 0; // Multiple bits set?
371 Val >>= 1;
372 ++Count;
373 }
374 return Count;
Chris Lattner31ae8632002-08-14 17:51:49 +0000375}
376
Chris Lattner623826c2004-09-28 21:48:02 +0000377// AddOne, SubOne - Add or subtract a constant one from an integer constant...
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +0000378static ConstantInt *AddOne(ConstantInt *C) {
379 return cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getAdd(C,
380 ConstantInt::get(C->getType(), 1)));
Chris Lattner623826c2004-09-28 21:48:02 +0000381}
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +0000382static ConstantInt *SubOne(ConstantInt *C) {
383 return cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getSub(C,
384 ConstantInt::get(C->getType(), 1)));
Chris Lattner623826c2004-09-28 21:48:02 +0000385}
386
387// isTrueWhenEqual - Return true if the specified setcondinst instruction is
388// true when both operands are equal...
389//
390static bool isTrueWhenEqual(Instruction &I) {
391 return I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ ||
392 I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGE ||
393 I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLE;
394}
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000395
396/// AssociativeOpt - Perform an optimization on an associative operator. This
397/// function is designed to check a chain of associative operators for a
398/// potential to apply a certain optimization. Since the optimization may be
399/// applicable if the expression was reassociated, this checks the chain, then
400/// reassociates the expression as necessary to expose the optimization
401/// opportunity. This makes use of a special Functor, which must define
402/// 'shouldApply' and 'apply' methods.
403///
404template<typename Functor>
405Instruction *AssociativeOpt(BinaryOperator &Root, const Functor &F) {
406 unsigned Opcode = Root.getOpcode();
407 Value *LHS = Root.getOperand(0);
408
409 // Quick check, see if the immediate LHS matches...
410 if (F.shouldApply(LHS))
411 return F.apply(Root);
412
413 // Otherwise, if the LHS is not of the same opcode as the root, return.
414 Instruction *LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(LHS);
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +0000415 while (LHSI && LHSI->getOpcode() == Opcode && LHSI->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000416 // Should we apply this transform to the RHS?
417 bool ShouldApply = F.shouldApply(LHSI->getOperand(1));
418
419 // If not to the RHS, check to see if we should apply to the LHS...
420 if (!ShouldApply && F.shouldApply(LHSI->getOperand(0))) {
421 cast<BinaryOperator>(LHSI)->swapOperands(); // Make the LHS the RHS
422 ShouldApply = true;
423 }
424
425 // If the functor wants to apply the optimization to the RHS of LHSI,
426 // reassociate the expression from ((? op A) op B) to (? op (A op B))
427 if (ShouldApply) {
428 BasicBlock *BB = Root.getParent();
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000429
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000430 // Now all of the instructions are in the current basic block, go ahead
431 // and perform the reassociation.
432 Instruction *TmpLHSI = cast<Instruction>(Root.getOperand(0));
433
434 // First move the selected RHS to the LHS of the root...
435 Root.setOperand(0, LHSI->getOperand(1));
436
437 // Make what used to be the LHS of the root be the user of the root...
438 Value *ExtraOperand = TmpLHSI->getOperand(1);
Chris Lattner284d3b02004-04-16 18:08:07 +0000439 if (&Root == TmpLHSI) {
Chris Lattner8953b902004-04-05 02:10:19 +0000440 Root.replaceAllUsesWith(Constant::getNullValue(TmpLHSI->getType()));
441 return 0;
442 }
Chris Lattner284d3b02004-04-16 18:08:07 +0000443 Root.replaceAllUsesWith(TmpLHSI); // Users now use TmpLHSI
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000444 TmpLHSI->setOperand(1, &Root); // TmpLHSI now uses the root
Chris Lattner284d3b02004-04-16 18:08:07 +0000445 TmpLHSI->getParent()->getInstList().remove(TmpLHSI);
446 BasicBlock::iterator ARI = &Root; ++ARI;
447 BB->getInstList().insert(ARI, TmpLHSI); // Move TmpLHSI to after Root
448 ARI = Root;
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000449
450 // Now propagate the ExtraOperand down the chain of instructions until we
451 // get to LHSI.
452 while (TmpLHSI != LHSI) {
453 Instruction *NextLHSI = cast<Instruction>(TmpLHSI->getOperand(0));
Chris Lattner284d3b02004-04-16 18:08:07 +0000454 // Move the instruction to immediately before the chain we are
455 // constructing to avoid breaking dominance properties.
456 NextLHSI->getParent()->getInstList().remove(NextLHSI);
457 BB->getInstList().insert(ARI, NextLHSI);
458 ARI = NextLHSI;
459
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000460 Value *NextOp = NextLHSI->getOperand(1);
461 NextLHSI->setOperand(1, ExtraOperand);
462 TmpLHSI = NextLHSI;
463 ExtraOperand = NextOp;
464 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000465
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000466 // Now that the instructions are reassociated, have the functor perform
467 // the transformation...
468 return F.apply(Root);
469 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000470
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000471 LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(LHSI->getOperand(0));
472 }
473 return 0;
474}
475
476
477// AddRHS - Implements: X + X --> X << 1
478struct AddRHS {
479 Value *RHS;
480 AddRHS(Value *rhs) : RHS(rhs) {}
481 bool shouldApply(Value *LHS) const { return LHS == RHS; }
482 Instruction *apply(BinaryOperator &Add) const {
483 return new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shl, Add.getOperand(0),
484 ConstantInt::get(Type::UByteTy, 1));
485 }
486};
487
488// AddMaskingAnd - Implements (A & C1)+(B & C2) --> (A & C1)|(B & C2)
489// iff C1&C2 == 0
490struct AddMaskingAnd {
491 Constant *C2;
492 AddMaskingAnd(Constant *c) : C2(c) {}
493 bool shouldApply(Value *LHS) const {
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000494 ConstantInt *C1;
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000495 return match(LHS, m_And(m_Value(), m_ConstantInt(C1))) &&
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000496 ConstantExpr::getAnd(C1, C2)->isNullValue();
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000497 }
498 Instruction *apply(BinaryOperator &Add) const {
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000499 return BinaryOperator::createOr(Add.getOperand(0), Add.getOperand(1));
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000500 }
501};
502
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000503static Value *FoldOperationIntoSelectOperand(Instruction &I, Value *SO,
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000504 InstCombiner *IC) {
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000505 if (isa<CastInst>(I)) {
506 if (Constant *SOC = dyn_cast<Constant>(SO))
507 return ConstantExpr::getCast(SOC, I.getType());
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000508
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000509 return IC->InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(SO, I.getType(),
510 SO->getName() + ".cast"), I);
511 }
512
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000513 // Figure out if the constant is the left or the right argument.
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000514 bool ConstIsRHS = isa<Constant>(I.getOperand(1));
515 Constant *ConstOperand = cast<Constant>(I.getOperand(ConstIsRHS));
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000516
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000517 if (Constant *SOC = dyn_cast<Constant>(SO)) {
518 if (ConstIsRHS)
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000519 return ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), SOC, ConstOperand);
520 return ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), ConstOperand, SOC);
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000521 }
522
523 Value *Op0 = SO, *Op1 = ConstOperand;
524 if (!ConstIsRHS)
525 std::swap(Op0, Op1);
526 Instruction *New;
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000527 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(&I))
528 New = BinaryOperator::create(BO->getOpcode(), Op0, Op1,SO->getName()+".op");
529 else if (ShiftInst *SI = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(&I))
530 New = new ShiftInst(SI->getOpcode(), Op0, Op1, SO->getName()+".sh");
Chris Lattnerf9d96652004-04-10 19:15:56 +0000531 else {
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000532 assert(0 && "Unknown binary instruction type!");
Chris Lattnerf9d96652004-04-10 19:15:56 +0000533 abort();
534 }
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000535 return IC->InsertNewInstBefore(New, I);
536}
537
538// FoldOpIntoSelect - Given an instruction with a select as one operand and a
539// constant as the other operand, try to fold the binary operator into the
540// select arguments. This also works for Cast instructions, which obviously do
541// not have a second operand.
542static Instruction *FoldOpIntoSelect(Instruction &Op, SelectInst *SI,
543 InstCombiner *IC) {
544 // Don't modify shared select instructions
545 if (!SI->hasOneUse()) return 0;
546 Value *TV = SI->getOperand(1);
547 Value *FV = SI->getOperand(2);
548
549 if (isa<Constant>(TV) || isa<Constant>(FV)) {
Chris Lattner374e6592005-04-21 05:43:13 +0000550 // Bool selects with constant operands can be folded to logical ops.
551 if (SI->getType() == Type::BoolTy) return 0;
552
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000553 Value *SelectTrueVal = FoldOperationIntoSelectOperand(Op, TV, IC);
554 Value *SelectFalseVal = FoldOperationIntoSelectOperand(Op, FV, IC);
555
556 return new SelectInst(SI->getCondition(), SelectTrueVal,
557 SelectFalseVal);
558 }
559 return 0;
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000560}
561
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000562
563/// FoldOpIntoPhi - Given a binary operator or cast instruction which has a PHI
564/// node as operand #0, see if we can fold the instruction into the PHI (which
565/// is only possible if all operands to the PHI are constants).
566Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldOpIntoPhi(Instruction &I) {
567 PHINode *PN = cast<PHINode>(I.getOperand(0));
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +0000568 unsigned NumPHIValues = PN->getNumIncomingValues();
569 if (!PN->hasOneUse() || NumPHIValues == 0 ||
570 !isa<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(0))) return 0;
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000571
572 // Check to see if all of the operands of the PHI are constants. If not, we
573 // cannot do the transformation.
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +0000574 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumPHIValues; ++i)
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000575 if (!isa<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(i)))
576 return 0;
577
578 // Okay, we can do the transformation: create the new PHI node.
579 PHINode *NewPN = new PHINode(I.getType(), I.getName());
580 I.setName("");
Chris Lattnerd8e20182005-01-29 00:39:08 +0000581 NewPN->reserveOperandSpace(PN->getNumOperands()/2);
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000582 InsertNewInstBefore(NewPN, *PN);
583
584 // Next, add all of the operands to the PHI.
585 if (I.getNumOperands() == 2) {
586 Constant *C = cast<Constant>(I.getOperand(1));
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +0000587 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumPHIValues; ++i) {
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000588 Constant *InV = cast<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(i));
589 NewPN->addIncoming(ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), InV, C),
590 PN->getIncomingBlock(i));
591 }
592 } else {
593 assert(isa<CastInst>(I) && "Unary op should be a cast!");
594 const Type *RetTy = I.getType();
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +0000595 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumPHIValues; ++i) {
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000596 Constant *InV = cast<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(i));
597 NewPN->addIncoming(ConstantExpr::getCast(InV, RetTy),
598 PN->getIncomingBlock(i));
599 }
600 }
601 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, NewPN);
602}
603
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000604Instruction *InstCombiner::visitAdd(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000605 bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000606 Value *LHS = I.getOperand(0), *RHS = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattner9fa53de2002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000607
Chris Lattnercf4a9962004-04-10 22:01:55 +0000608 if (Constant *RHSC = dyn_cast<Constant>(RHS)) {
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000609 // X + undef -> undef
610 if (isa<UndefValue>(RHS))
611 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
612
Chris Lattnercf4a9962004-04-10 22:01:55 +0000613 // X + 0 --> X
614 if (!I.getType()->isFloatingPoint() && // -0 + +0 = +0, so it's not a noop
615 RHSC->isNullValue())
616 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000617
Chris Lattnercf4a9962004-04-10 22:01:55 +0000618 // X + (signbit) --> X ^ signbit
619 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(RHSC)) {
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +0000620 unsigned NumBits = CI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
Chris Lattnercf4a9962004-04-10 22:01:55 +0000621 uint64_t Val = CI->getRawValue() & (1ULL << NumBits)-1;
Chris Lattner33eb9092004-11-05 04:45:43 +0000622 if (Val == (1ULL << (NumBits-1)))
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000623 return BinaryOperator::createXor(LHS, RHS);
Chris Lattnercf4a9962004-04-10 22:01:55 +0000624 }
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000625
626 if (isa<PHINode>(LHS))
627 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
628 return NV;
Chris Lattnercf4a9962004-04-10 22:01:55 +0000629 }
Chris Lattner9fa53de2002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000630
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000631 // X + X --> X << 1
Robert Bocchino7b5b86c2004-07-27 21:02:21 +0000632 if (I.getType()->isInteger()) {
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000633 if (Instruction *Result = AssociativeOpt(I, AddRHS(RHS))) return Result;
Chris Lattner47060462005-04-07 17:14:51 +0000634
635 if (Instruction *RHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(RHS)) {
636 if (RHSI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub)
637 if (LHS == RHSI->getOperand(1)) // A + (B - A) --> B
638 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHSI->getOperand(0));
639 }
640 if (Instruction *LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(LHS)) {
641 if (LHSI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub)
642 if (RHS == LHSI->getOperand(1)) // (B - A) + A --> B
643 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHSI->getOperand(0));
644 }
Robert Bocchino7b5b86c2004-07-27 21:02:21 +0000645 }
Chris Lattnerede3fe02003-08-13 04:18:28 +0000646
Chris Lattner147e9752002-05-08 22:46:53 +0000647 // -A + B --> B - A
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000648 if (Value *V = dyn_castNegVal(LHS))
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000649 return BinaryOperator::createSub(RHS, V);
Chris Lattner9fa53de2002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000650
651 // A + -B --> A - B
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000652 if (!isa<Constant>(RHS))
653 if (Value *V = dyn_castNegVal(RHS))
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000654 return BinaryOperator::createSub(LHS, V);
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000655
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000656
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000657 ConstantInt *C2;
658 if (Value *X = dyn_castFoldableMul(LHS, C2)) {
659 if (X == RHS) // X*C + X --> X * (C+1)
660 return BinaryOperator::createMul(RHS, AddOne(C2));
661
662 // X*C1 + X*C2 --> X * (C1+C2)
663 ConstantInt *C1;
664 if (X == dyn_castFoldableMul(RHS, C1))
665 return BinaryOperator::createMul(X, ConstantExpr::getAdd(C1, C2));
Chris Lattner57c8d992003-02-18 19:57:07 +0000666 }
667
668 // X + X*C --> X * (C+1)
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000669 if (dyn_castFoldableMul(RHS, C2) == LHS)
670 return BinaryOperator::createMul(LHS, AddOne(C2));
671
Chris Lattner57c8d992003-02-18 19:57:07 +0000672
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000673 // (A & C1)+(B & C2) --> (A & C1)|(B & C2) iff C1&C2 == 0
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000674 if (match(RHS, m_And(m_Value(), m_ConstantInt(C2))))
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000675 if (Instruction *R = AssociativeOpt(I, AddMaskingAnd(C2))) return R;
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000676
Chris Lattnerb9cde762003-10-02 15:11:26 +0000677 if (ConstantInt *CRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(RHS)) {
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000678 Value *X;
679 if (match(LHS, m_Not(m_Value(X)))) { // ~X + C --> (C-1) - X
680 Constant *C= ConstantExpr::getSub(CRHS, ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1));
681 return BinaryOperator::createSub(C, X);
Chris Lattnerb9cde762003-10-02 15:11:26 +0000682 }
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000683
Chris Lattnerbff91d92004-10-08 05:07:56 +0000684 // (X & FF00) + xx00 -> (X+xx00) & FF00
685 if (LHS->hasOneUse() && match(LHS, m_And(m_Value(X), m_ConstantInt(C2)))) {
686 Constant *Anded = ConstantExpr::getAnd(CRHS, C2);
687 if (Anded == CRHS) {
688 // See if all bits from the first bit set in the Add RHS up are included
689 // in the mask. First, get the rightmost bit.
690 uint64_t AddRHSV = CRHS->getRawValue();
691
692 // Form a mask of all bits from the lowest bit added through the top.
693 uint64_t AddRHSHighBits = ~((AddRHSV & -AddRHSV)-1);
Chris Lattner2f1457f2005-04-24 17:46:05 +0000694 AddRHSHighBits &= ~0ULL >> (64-C2->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits());
Chris Lattnerbff91d92004-10-08 05:07:56 +0000695
696 // See if the and mask includes all of these bits.
697 uint64_t AddRHSHighBitsAnd = AddRHSHighBits & C2->getRawValue();
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000698
Chris Lattnerbff91d92004-10-08 05:07:56 +0000699 if (AddRHSHighBits == AddRHSHighBitsAnd) {
700 // Okay, the xform is safe. Insert the new add pronto.
701 Value *NewAdd = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createAdd(X, CRHS,
702 LHS->getName()), I);
703 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(NewAdd, C2);
704 }
705 }
706 }
707
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000708 // Try to fold constant add into select arguments.
709 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(LHS))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000710 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000711 return R;
Chris Lattnerb9cde762003-10-02 15:11:26 +0000712 }
713
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000714 return Changed ? &I : 0;
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000715}
716
Chris Lattnerbdb0ce02003-07-22 21:46:59 +0000717// isSignBit - Return true if the value represented by the constant only has the
718// highest order bit set.
719static bool isSignBit(ConstantInt *CI) {
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +0000720 unsigned NumBits = CI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
Chris Lattner2f1457f2005-04-24 17:46:05 +0000721 return (CI->getRawValue() & (~0ULL >> (64-NumBits))) == (1ULL << (NumBits-1));
Chris Lattnerbdb0ce02003-07-22 21:46:59 +0000722}
723
Chris Lattner022167f2004-03-13 00:11:49 +0000724/// RemoveNoopCast - Strip off nonconverting casts from the value.
725///
726static Value *RemoveNoopCast(Value *V) {
727 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(V)) {
728 const Type *CTy = CI->getType();
729 const Type *OpTy = CI->getOperand(0)->getType();
730 if (CTy->isInteger() && OpTy->isInteger()) {
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +0000731 if (CTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() == OpTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits())
Chris Lattner022167f2004-03-13 00:11:49 +0000732 return RemoveNoopCast(CI->getOperand(0));
733 } else if (isa<PointerType>(CTy) && isa<PointerType>(OpTy))
734 return RemoveNoopCast(CI->getOperand(0));
735 }
736 return V;
737}
738
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000739Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSub(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000740 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +0000741
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +0000742 if (Op0 == Op1) // sub X, X -> 0
743 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000744
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +0000745 // If this is a 'B = x-(-A)', change to B = x+A...
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000746 if (Value *V = dyn_castNegVal(Op1))
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000747 return BinaryOperator::createAdd(Op0, V);
Chris Lattner9fa53de2002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000748
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000749 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op0))
750 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0); // undef - X -> undef
751 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1))
752 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1); // X - undef -> undef
753
Chris Lattner8f2f5982003-11-05 01:06:05 +0000754 if (ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0)) {
755 // Replace (-1 - A) with (~A)...
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000756 if (C->isAllOnesValue())
757 return BinaryOperator::createNot(Op1);
Chris Lattnerad3c4952002-05-09 01:29:19 +0000758
Chris Lattner8f2f5982003-11-05 01:06:05 +0000759 // C - ~X == X + (1+C)
Reid Spencer4fdd96c2005-06-18 17:37:34 +0000760 Value *X = 0;
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000761 if (match(Op1, m_Not(m_Value(X))))
762 return BinaryOperator::createAdd(X,
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000763 ConstantExpr::getAdd(C, ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1)));
Chris Lattner92295c52004-03-12 23:53:13 +0000764 // -((uint)X >> 31) -> ((int)X >> 31)
765 // -((int)X >> 31) -> ((uint)X >> 31)
Chris Lattner022167f2004-03-13 00:11:49 +0000766 if (C->isNullValue()) {
767 Value *NoopCastedRHS = RemoveNoopCast(Op1);
768 if (ShiftInst *SI = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(NoopCastedRHS))
Chris Lattner92295c52004-03-12 23:53:13 +0000769 if (SI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shr)
770 if (ConstantUInt *CU = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(SI->getOperand(1))) {
771 const Type *NewTy;
Chris Lattner022167f2004-03-13 00:11:49 +0000772 if (SI->getType()->isSigned())
Chris Lattner97bfcea2004-06-17 18:16:02 +0000773 NewTy = SI->getType()->getUnsignedVersion();
Chris Lattner92295c52004-03-12 23:53:13 +0000774 else
Chris Lattner97bfcea2004-06-17 18:16:02 +0000775 NewTy = SI->getType()->getSignedVersion();
Chris Lattner92295c52004-03-12 23:53:13 +0000776 // Check to see if we are shifting out everything but the sign bit.
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +0000777 if (CU->getValue() == SI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()-1) {
Chris Lattner92295c52004-03-12 23:53:13 +0000778 // Ok, the transformation is safe. Insert a cast of the incoming
779 // value, then the new shift, then the new cast.
780 Instruction *FirstCast = new CastInst(SI->getOperand(0), NewTy,
781 SI->getOperand(0)->getName());
782 Value *InV = InsertNewInstBefore(FirstCast, I);
783 Instruction *NewShift = new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shr, FirstCast,
784 CU, SI->getName());
Chris Lattner022167f2004-03-13 00:11:49 +0000785 if (NewShift->getType() == I.getType())
786 return NewShift;
787 else {
788 InV = InsertNewInstBefore(NewShift, I);
789 return new CastInst(NewShift, I.getType());
790 }
Chris Lattner92295c52004-03-12 23:53:13 +0000791 }
792 }
Chris Lattner022167f2004-03-13 00:11:49 +0000793 }
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000794
795 // Try to fold constant sub into select arguments.
796 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op1))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000797 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000798 return R;
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000799
800 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
801 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
802 return NV;
Chris Lattner8f2f5982003-11-05 01:06:05 +0000803 }
804
Chris Lattnera9be4492005-04-07 16:15:25 +0000805 if (BinaryOperator *Op1I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op1)) {
806 if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add &&
807 !Op0->getType()->isFloatingPoint()) {
Chris Lattnerc7f3c1a2005-04-07 16:28:01 +0000808 if (Op1I->getOperand(0) == Op0) // X-(X+Y) == -Y
Chris Lattnera9be4492005-04-07 16:15:25 +0000809 return BinaryOperator::createNeg(Op1I->getOperand(1), I.getName());
Chris Lattnerc7f3c1a2005-04-07 16:28:01 +0000810 else if (Op1I->getOperand(1) == Op0) // X-(Y+X) == -Y
Chris Lattnera9be4492005-04-07 16:15:25 +0000811 return BinaryOperator::createNeg(Op1I->getOperand(0), I.getName());
Chris Lattnerc7f3c1a2005-04-07 16:28:01 +0000812 else if (ConstantInt *CI1 = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I.getOperand(0))) {
813 if (ConstantInt *CI2 = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1I->getOperand(1)))
814 // C1-(X+C2) --> (C1-C2)-X
815 return BinaryOperator::createSub(ConstantExpr::getSub(CI1, CI2),
816 Op1I->getOperand(0));
817 }
Chris Lattnera9be4492005-04-07 16:15:25 +0000818 }
819
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +0000820 if (Op1I->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000821 // Replace (x - (y - z)) with (x + (z - y)) if the (y - z) subexpression
822 // is not used by anyone else...
823 //
Chris Lattnerc2f0aa52004-02-02 20:09:56 +0000824 if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub &&
825 !Op1I->getType()->isFloatingPoint()) {
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000826 // Swap the two operands of the subexpr...
827 Value *IIOp0 = Op1I->getOperand(0), *IIOp1 = Op1I->getOperand(1);
828 Op1I->setOperand(0, IIOp1);
829 Op1I->setOperand(1, IIOp0);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000830
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000831 // Create the new top level add instruction...
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000832 return BinaryOperator::createAdd(Op0, Op1);
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000833 }
834
835 // Replace (A - (A & B)) with (A & ~B) if this is the only use of (A&B)...
836 //
837 if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::And &&
838 (Op1I->getOperand(0) == Op0 || Op1I->getOperand(1) == Op0)) {
839 Value *OtherOp = Op1I->getOperand(Op1I->getOperand(0) == Op0);
840
Chris Lattner396dbfe2004-06-09 05:08:07 +0000841 Value *NewNot =
842 InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createNot(OtherOp, "B.not"), I);
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000843 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0, NewNot);
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000844 }
Chris Lattner57c8d992003-02-18 19:57:07 +0000845
Chris Lattner0aee4b72004-10-06 15:08:25 +0000846 // -(X sdiv C) -> (X sdiv -C)
847 if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Div)
848 if (ConstantSInt *CSI = dyn_cast<ConstantSInt>(Op0))
Chris Lattnera9be4492005-04-07 16:15:25 +0000849 if (CSI->isNullValue())
Chris Lattner0aee4b72004-10-06 15:08:25 +0000850 if (Constant *DivRHS = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op1I->getOperand(1)))
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000851 return BinaryOperator::createDiv(Op1I->getOperand(0),
Chris Lattner0aee4b72004-10-06 15:08:25 +0000852 ConstantExpr::getNeg(DivRHS));
853
Chris Lattner57c8d992003-02-18 19:57:07 +0000854 // X - X*C --> X * (1-C)
Reid Spencer4fdd96c2005-06-18 17:37:34 +0000855 ConstantInt *C2 = 0;
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000856 if (dyn_castFoldableMul(Op1I, C2) == Op0) {
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000857 Constant *CP1 =
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000858 ConstantExpr::getSub(ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1), C2);
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000859 return BinaryOperator::createMul(Op0, CP1);
Chris Lattner57c8d992003-02-18 19:57:07 +0000860 }
Chris Lattnerad3c4952002-05-09 01:29:19 +0000861 }
Chris Lattnera9be4492005-04-07 16:15:25 +0000862 }
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000863
Chris Lattner47060462005-04-07 17:14:51 +0000864 if (!Op0->getType()->isFloatingPoint())
865 if (BinaryOperator *Op0I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0))
866 if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add) {
Chris Lattner411336f2005-01-19 21:50:18 +0000867 if (Op0I->getOperand(0) == Op1) // (Y+X)-Y == X
868 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0I->getOperand(1));
869 else if (Op0I->getOperand(1) == Op1) // (X+Y)-Y == X
870 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0I->getOperand(0));
Chris Lattner47060462005-04-07 17:14:51 +0000871 } else if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub) {
872 if (Op0I->getOperand(0) == Op1) // (X-Y)-X == -Y
873 return BinaryOperator::createNeg(Op0I->getOperand(1), I.getName());
Chris Lattner411336f2005-01-19 21:50:18 +0000874 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000875
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000876 ConstantInt *C1;
877 if (Value *X = dyn_castFoldableMul(Op0, C1)) {
878 if (X == Op1) { // X*C - X --> X * (C-1)
879 Constant *CP1 = ConstantExpr::getSub(C1, ConstantInt::get(I.getType(),1));
880 return BinaryOperator::createMul(Op1, CP1);
881 }
Chris Lattner57c8d992003-02-18 19:57:07 +0000882
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000883 ConstantInt *C2; // X*C1 - X*C2 -> X * (C1-C2)
884 if (X == dyn_castFoldableMul(Op1, C2))
885 return BinaryOperator::createMul(Op1, ConstantExpr::getSub(C1, C2));
886 }
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +0000887 return 0;
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000888}
889
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000890/// isSignBitCheck - Given an exploded setcc instruction, return true if it is
891/// really just returns true if the most significant (sign) bit is set.
892static bool isSignBitCheck(unsigned Opcode, Value *LHS, ConstantInt *RHS) {
893 if (RHS->getType()->isSigned()) {
894 // True if source is LHS < 0 or LHS <= -1
895 return Opcode == Instruction::SetLT && RHS->isNullValue() ||
896 Opcode == Instruction::SetLE && RHS->isAllOnesValue();
897 } else {
898 ConstantUInt *RHSC = cast<ConstantUInt>(RHS);
899 // True if source is LHS > 127 or LHS >= 128, where the constants depend on
900 // the size of the integer type.
901 if (Opcode == Instruction::SetGE)
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +0000902 return RHSC->getValue() ==
903 1ULL << (RHS->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()-1);
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000904 if (Opcode == Instruction::SetGT)
905 return RHSC->getValue() ==
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +0000906 (1ULL << (RHS->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()-1))-1;
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000907 }
908 return false;
909}
910
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000911Instruction *InstCombiner::visitMul(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000912 bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000913 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0);
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000914
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000915 if (isa<UndefValue>(I.getOperand(1))) // undef * X -> 0
916 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
917
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +0000918 // Simplify mul instructions with a constant RHS...
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000919 if (Constant *Op1 = dyn_cast<Constant>(I.getOperand(1))) {
920 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattnerede3fe02003-08-13 04:18:28 +0000921
922 // ((X << C1)*C2) == (X * (C2 << C1))
923 if (ShiftInst *SI = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(Op0))
924 if (SI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl)
925 if (Constant *ShOp = dyn_cast<Constant>(SI->getOperand(1)))
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000926 return BinaryOperator::createMul(SI->getOperand(0),
927 ConstantExpr::getShl(CI, ShOp));
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000928
Chris Lattnercce81be2003-09-11 22:24:54 +0000929 if (CI->isNullValue())
930 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1); // X * 0 == 0
931 if (CI->equalsInt(1)) // X * 1 == X
932 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
933 if (CI->isAllOnesValue()) // X * -1 == 0 - X
Chris Lattner35236d82003-06-25 17:09:20 +0000934 return BinaryOperator::createNeg(Op0, I.getName());
Chris Lattner31ba1292002-04-29 22:24:47 +0000935
Chris Lattnercce81be2003-09-11 22:24:54 +0000936 int64_t Val = (int64_t)cast<ConstantInt>(CI)->getRawValue();
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000937 if (uint64_t C = Log2(Val)) // Replace X*(2^C) with X << C
938 return new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shl, Op0,
939 ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, C));
Robert Bocchino7b5b86c2004-07-27 21:02:21 +0000940 } else if (ConstantFP *Op1F = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000941 if (Op1F->isNullValue())
942 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1);
Chris Lattner31ba1292002-04-29 22:24:47 +0000943
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000944 // "In IEEE floating point, x*1 is not equivalent to x for nans. However,
945 // ANSI says we can drop signals, so we can do this anyway." (from GCC)
946 if (Op1F->getValue() == 1.0)
947 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0); // Eliminate 'mul double %X, 1.0'
948 }
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000949
950 // Try to fold constant mul into select arguments.
951 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000952 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000953 return R;
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000954
955 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
956 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
957 return NV;
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000958 }
959
Chris Lattner934a64cf2003-03-10 23:23:04 +0000960 if (Value *Op0v = dyn_castNegVal(Op0)) // -X * -Y = X*Y
961 if (Value *Op1v = dyn_castNegVal(I.getOperand(1)))
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000962 return BinaryOperator::createMul(Op0v, Op1v);
Chris Lattner934a64cf2003-03-10 23:23:04 +0000963
Chris Lattner2635b522004-02-23 05:39:21 +0000964 // If one of the operands of the multiply is a cast from a boolean value, then
965 // we know the bool is either zero or one, so this is a 'masking' multiply.
966 // See if we can simplify things based on how the boolean was originally
967 // formed.
968 CastInst *BoolCast = 0;
969 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(I.getOperand(0)))
970 if (CI->getOperand(0)->getType() == Type::BoolTy)
971 BoolCast = CI;
972 if (!BoolCast)
973 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(I.getOperand(1)))
974 if (CI->getOperand(0)->getType() == Type::BoolTy)
975 BoolCast = CI;
976 if (BoolCast) {
977 if (SetCondInst *SCI = dyn_cast<SetCondInst>(BoolCast->getOperand(0))) {
978 Value *SCIOp0 = SCI->getOperand(0), *SCIOp1 = SCI->getOperand(1);
979 const Type *SCOpTy = SCIOp0->getType();
980
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000981 // If the setcc is true iff the sign bit of X is set, then convert this
982 // multiply into a shift/and combination.
983 if (isa<ConstantInt>(SCIOp1) &&
984 isSignBitCheck(SCI->getOpcode(), SCIOp0, cast<ConstantInt>(SCIOp1))) {
Chris Lattner2635b522004-02-23 05:39:21 +0000985 // Shift the X value right to turn it into "all signbits".
986 Constant *Amt = ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy,
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +0000987 SCOpTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()-1);
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000988 if (SCIOp0->getType()->isUnsigned()) {
Chris Lattner97bfcea2004-06-17 18:16:02 +0000989 const Type *NewTy = SCIOp0->getType()->getSignedVersion();
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000990 SCIOp0 = InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(SCIOp0, NewTy,
991 SCIOp0->getName()), I);
992 }
993
994 Value *V =
995 InsertNewInstBefore(new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shr, SCIOp0, Amt,
996 BoolCast->getOperand(0)->getName()+
997 ".mask"), I);
Chris Lattner2635b522004-02-23 05:39:21 +0000998
999 // If the multiply type is not the same as the source type, sign extend
1000 // or truncate to the multiply type.
1001 if (I.getType() != V->getType())
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +00001002 V = InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(V, I.getType(), V->getName()),I);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001003
Chris Lattner2635b522004-02-23 05:39:21 +00001004 Value *OtherOp = Op0 == BoolCast ? I.getOperand(1) : Op0;
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001005 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(V, OtherOp);
Chris Lattner2635b522004-02-23 05:39:21 +00001006 }
1007 }
1008 }
1009
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001010 return Changed ? &I : 0;
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +00001011}
1012
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001013Instruction *InstCombiner::visitDiv(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001014 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00001015
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001016 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op0)) // undef / X -> 0
1017 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1018 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1))
1019 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1); // X / undef -> undef
1020
1021 if (ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattnere20c3342004-04-26 14:01:59 +00001022 // div X, 1 == X
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001023 if (RHS->equalsInt(1))
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001024 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001025
Chris Lattnere20c3342004-04-26 14:01:59 +00001026 // div X, -1 == -X
1027 if (RHS->isAllOnesValue())
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001028 return BinaryOperator::createNeg(Op0);
Chris Lattnere20c3342004-04-26 14:01:59 +00001029
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001030 if (Instruction *LHS = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op0))
Chris Lattner272d5ca2004-09-28 18:22:15 +00001031 if (LHS->getOpcode() == Instruction::Div)
1032 if (ConstantInt *LHSRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(LHS->getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattner272d5ca2004-09-28 18:22:15 +00001033 // (X / C1) / C2 -> X / (C1*C2)
1034 return BinaryOperator::createDiv(LHS->getOperand(0),
1035 ConstantExpr::getMul(RHS, LHSRHS));
1036 }
1037
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001038 // Check to see if this is an unsigned division with an exact power of 2,
1039 // if so, convert to a right shift.
1040 if (ConstantUInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(RHS))
1041 if (uint64_t Val = C->getValue()) // Don't break X / 0
1042 if (uint64_t C = Log2(Val))
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001043 return new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shr, Op0,
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001044 ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, C));
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +00001045
Chris Lattner4ad08352004-10-09 02:50:40 +00001046 // -X/C -> X/-C
1047 if (RHS->getType()->isSigned())
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001048 if (Value *LHSNeg = dyn_castNegVal(Op0))
Chris Lattner4ad08352004-10-09 02:50:40 +00001049 return BinaryOperator::createDiv(LHSNeg, ConstantExpr::getNeg(RHS));
1050
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001051 if (!RHS->isNullValue()) {
1052 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001053 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001054 return R;
1055 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
1056 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
1057 return NV;
1058 }
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001059 }
1060
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001061 // If this is 'udiv X, (Cond ? C1, C2)' where C1&C2 are powers of two,
1062 // transform this into: '(Cond ? (udiv X, C1) : (udiv X, C2))'.
1063 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op1))
1064 if (ConstantUInt *STO = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(SI->getOperand(1)))
1065 if (ConstantUInt *SFO = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(SI->getOperand(2))) {
1066 if (STO->getValue() == 0) { // Couldn't be this argument.
1067 I.setOperand(1, SFO);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001068 return &I;
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001069 } else if (SFO->getValue() == 0) {
Chris Lattner89dc4f12005-06-16 04:55:52 +00001070 I.setOperand(1, STO);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001071 return &I;
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001072 }
1073
Chris Lattner42362612005-04-08 04:03:26 +00001074 uint64_t TVA = STO->getValue(), FVA = SFO->getValue();
1075 unsigned TSA = 0, FSA = 0;
1076 if ((TVA == 1 || (TSA = Log2(TVA))) && // Log2 fails for 0 & 1.
1077 (FVA == 1 || (FSA = Log2(FVA)))) {
1078 Constant *TC = ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, TSA);
1079 Instruction *TSI = new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shr, Op0,
1080 TC, SI->getName()+".t");
1081 TSI = InsertNewInstBefore(TSI, I);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001082
Chris Lattner42362612005-04-08 04:03:26 +00001083 Constant *FC = ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, FSA);
1084 Instruction *FSI = new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shr, Op0,
1085 FC, SI->getName()+".f");
1086 FSI = InsertNewInstBefore(FSI, I);
1087 return new SelectInst(SI->getOperand(0), TSI, FSI);
1088 }
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001089 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001090
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001091 // 0 / X == 0, we don't need to preserve faults!
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001092 if (ConstantInt *LHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0))
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001093 if (LHS->equalsInt(0))
1094 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1095
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001096 return 0;
1097}
1098
1099
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001100Instruction *InstCombiner::visitRem(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001101 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattner7fd5f072004-07-06 07:01:22 +00001102 if (I.getType()->isSigned())
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001103 if (Value *RHSNeg = dyn_castNegVal(Op1))
Chris Lattner98c6bdf2004-07-06 07:11:42 +00001104 if (!isa<ConstantSInt>(RHSNeg) ||
Chris Lattner8e726062004-08-09 21:05:48 +00001105 cast<ConstantSInt>(RHSNeg)->getValue() > 0) {
Chris Lattner7fd5f072004-07-06 07:01:22 +00001106 // X % -Y -> X % Y
1107 AddUsesToWorkList(I);
1108 I.setOperand(1, RHSNeg);
1109 return &I;
1110 }
1111
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001112 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op0)) // undef % X -> 0
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00001113 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001114 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1))
1115 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1); // X % undef -> undef
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00001116
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001117 if (ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001118 if (RHS->equalsInt(1)) // X % 1 == 0
1119 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1120
1121 // Check to see if this is an unsigned remainder with an exact power of 2,
1122 // if so, convert to a bitwise and.
1123 if (ConstantUInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(RHS))
1124 if (uint64_t Val = C->getValue()) // Don't break X % 0 (divide by zero)
Chris Lattnerd9e58132004-05-07 15:35:56 +00001125 if (!(Val & (Val-1))) // Power of 2
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001126 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0,
1127 ConstantUInt::get(I.getType(), Val-1));
1128
1129 if (!RHS->isNullValue()) {
1130 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001131 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001132 return R;
1133 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
1134 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
1135 return NV;
1136 }
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001137 }
1138
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001139 // If this is 'urem X, (Cond ? C1, C2)' where C1&C2 are powers of two,
1140 // transform this into: '(Cond ? (urem X, C1) : (urem X, C2))'.
1141 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op1))
1142 if (ConstantUInt *STO = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(SI->getOperand(1)))
1143 if (ConstantUInt *SFO = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(SI->getOperand(2))) {
1144 if (STO->getValue() == 0) { // Couldn't be this argument.
1145 I.setOperand(1, SFO);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001146 return &I;
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001147 } else if (SFO->getValue() == 0) {
1148 I.setOperand(1, STO);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001149 return &I;
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001150 }
1151
1152 if (!(STO->getValue() & (STO->getValue()-1)) &&
1153 !(SFO->getValue() & (SFO->getValue()-1))) {
1154 Value *TrueAnd = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0,
1155 SubOne(STO), SI->getName()+".t"), I);
1156 Value *FalseAnd = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0,
1157 SubOne(SFO), SI->getName()+".f"), I);
1158 return new SelectInst(SI->getOperand(0), TrueAnd, FalseAnd);
1159 }
1160 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001161
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001162 // 0 % X == 0, we don't need to preserve faults!
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001163 if (ConstantInt *LHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0))
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001164 if (LHS->equalsInt(0))
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001165 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1166
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001167 return 0;
1168}
1169
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00001170// isMaxValueMinusOne - return true if this is Max-1
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001171static bool isMaxValueMinusOne(const ConstantInt *C) {
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00001172 if (const ConstantUInt *CU = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(C)) {
1173 // Calculate -1 casted to the right type...
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00001174 unsigned TypeBits = C->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00001175 uint64_t Val = ~0ULL; // All ones
1176 Val >>= 64-TypeBits; // Shift out unwanted 1 bits...
1177 return CU->getValue() == Val-1;
1178 }
1179
1180 const ConstantSInt *CS = cast<ConstantSInt>(C);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001181
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00001182 // Calculate 0111111111..11111
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00001183 unsigned TypeBits = C->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00001184 int64_t Val = INT64_MAX; // All ones
1185 Val >>= 64-TypeBits; // Shift out unwanted 1 bits...
1186 return CS->getValue() == Val-1;
1187}
1188
1189// isMinValuePlusOne - return true if this is Min+1
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001190static bool isMinValuePlusOne(const ConstantInt *C) {
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00001191 if (const ConstantUInt *CU = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(C))
1192 return CU->getValue() == 1;
1193
1194 const ConstantSInt *CS = cast<ConstantSInt>(C);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001195
1196 // Calculate 1111111111000000000000
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00001197 unsigned TypeBits = C->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00001198 int64_t Val = -1; // All ones
1199 Val <<= TypeBits-1; // Shift over to the right spot
1200 return CS->getValue() == Val+1;
1201}
1202
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00001203// isOneBitSet - Return true if there is exactly one bit set in the specified
1204// constant.
1205static bool isOneBitSet(const ConstantInt *CI) {
1206 uint64_t V = CI->getRawValue();
1207 return V && (V & (V-1)) == 0;
1208}
1209
Chris Lattner8fc5af42004-09-23 21:46:38 +00001210#if 0 // Currently unused
1211// isLowOnes - Return true if the constant is of the form 0+1+.
1212static bool isLowOnes(const ConstantInt *CI) {
1213 uint64_t V = CI->getRawValue();
1214
1215 // There won't be bits set in parts that the type doesn't contain.
1216 V &= ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(CI->getType())->getRawValue();
1217
1218 uint64_t U = V+1; // If it is low ones, this should be a power of two.
1219 return U && V && (U & V) == 0;
1220}
1221#endif
1222
1223// isHighOnes - Return true if the constant is of the form 1+0+.
1224// This is the same as lowones(~X).
1225static bool isHighOnes(const ConstantInt *CI) {
1226 uint64_t V = ~CI->getRawValue();
1227
1228 // There won't be bits set in parts that the type doesn't contain.
1229 V &= ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(CI->getType())->getRawValue();
1230
1231 uint64_t U = V+1; // If it is low ones, this should be a power of two.
1232 return U && V && (U & V) == 0;
1233}
1234
1235
Chris Lattner3ac7c262003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001236/// getSetCondCode - Encode a setcc opcode into a three bit mask. These bits
1237/// are carefully arranged to allow folding of expressions such as:
1238///
1239/// (A < B) | (A > B) --> (A != B)
1240///
1241/// Bit value '4' represents that the comparison is true if A > B, bit value '2'
1242/// represents that the comparison is true if A == B, and bit value '1' is true
1243/// if A < B.
1244///
1245static unsigned getSetCondCode(const SetCondInst *SCI) {
1246 switch (SCI->getOpcode()) {
1247 // False -> 0
1248 case Instruction::SetGT: return 1;
1249 case Instruction::SetEQ: return 2;
1250 case Instruction::SetGE: return 3;
1251 case Instruction::SetLT: return 4;
1252 case Instruction::SetNE: return 5;
1253 case Instruction::SetLE: return 6;
1254 // True -> 7
1255 default:
1256 assert(0 && "Invalid SetCC opcode!");
1257 return 0;
1258 }
1259}
1260
1261/// getSetCCValue - This is the complement of getSetCondCode, which turns an
1262/// opcode and two operands into either a constant true or false, or a brand new
1263/// SetCC instruction.
1264static Value *getSetCCValue(unsigned Opcode, Value *LHS, Value *RHS) {
1265 switch (Opcode) {
1266 case 0: return ConstantBool::False;
1267 case 1: return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGT, LHS, RHS);
1268 case 2: return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetEQ, LHS, RHS);
1269 case 3: return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGE, LHS, RHS);
1270 case 4: return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, LHS, RHS);
1271 case 5: return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetNE, LHS, RHS);
1272 case 6: return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLE, LHS, RHS);
1273 case 7: return ConstantBool::True;
1274 default: assert(0 && "Illegal SetCCCode!"); return 0;
1275 }
1276}
1277
1278// FoldSetCCLogical - Implements (setcc1 A, B) & (setcc2 A, B) --> (setcc3 A, B)
1279struct FoldSetCCLogical {
1280 InstCombiner &IC;
1281 Value *LHS, *RHS;
1282 FoldSetCCLogical(InstCombiner &ic, SetCondInst *SCI)
1283 : IC(ic), LHS(SCI->getOperand(0)), RHS(SCI->getOperand(1)) {}
1284 bool shouldApply(Value *V) const {
1285 if (SetCondInst *SCI = dyn_cast<SetCondInst>(V))
1286 return (SCI->getOperand(0) == LHS && SCI->getOperand(1) == RHS ||
1287 SCI->getOperand(0) == RHS && SCI->getOperand(1) == LHS);
1288 return false;
1289 }
1290 Instruction *apply(BinaryOperator &Log) const {
1291 SetCondInst *SCI = cast<SetCondInst>(Log.getOperand(0));
1292 if (SCI->getOperand(0) != LHS) {
1293 assert(SCI->getOperand(1) == LHS);
1294 SCI->swapOperands(); // Swap the LHS and RHS of the SetCC
1295 }
1296
1297 unsigned LHSCode = getSetCondCode(SCI);
1298 unsigned RHSCode = getSetCondCode(cast<SetCondInst>(Log.getOperand(1)));
1299 unsigned Code;
1300 switch (Log.getOpcode()) {
1301 case Instruction::And: Code = LHSCode & RHSCode; break;
1302 case Instruction::Or: Code = LHSCode | RHSCode; break;
1303 case Instruction::Xor: Code = LHSCode ^ RHSCode; break;
Chris Lattner2caaaba2003-09-22 20:33:34 +00001304 default: assert(0 && "Illegal logical opcode!"); return 0;
Chris Lattner3ac7c262003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001305 }
1306
1307 Value *RV = getSetCCValue(Code, LHS, RHS);
1308 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(RV))
1309 return I;
1310 // Otherwise, it's a constant boolean value...
1311 return IC.ReplaceInstUsesWith(Log, RV);
1312 }
1313};
1314
1315
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001316/// MaskedValueIsZero - Return true if 'V & Mask' is known to be zero. We use
1317/// this predicate to simplify operations downstream. V and Mask are known to
1318/// be the same type.
1319static bool MaskedValueIsZero(Value *V, ConstantIntegral *Mask) {
1320 if (isa<UndefValue>(V) || Mask->isNullValue())
1321 return true;
1322 if (ConstantIntegral *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantIntegral>(V))
1323 return ConstantExpr::getAnd(CI, Mask)->isNullValue();
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001324
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001325 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) {
1326 switch (I->getOpcode()) {
1327 case Instruction::And:
1328 // (X & C1) & C2 == 0 iff C1 & C2 == 0.
1329 if (ConstantIntegral *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantIntegral>(I->getOperand(1)))
1330 if (ConstantExpr::getAnd(CI, Mask)->isNullValue())
1331 return true;
1332 break;
Chris Lattner9e2c7fa2005-01-23 20:26:55 +00001333 case Instruction::Or:
1334 // If the LHS and the RHS are MaskedValueIsZero, the result is also zero.
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001335 return MaskedValueIsZero(I->getOperand(1), Mask) &&
Chris Lattner9e2c7fa2005-01-23 20:26:55 +00001336 MaskedValueIsZero(I->getOperand(0), Mask);
1337 case Instruction::Select:
1338 // If the T and F values are MaskedValueIsZero, the result is also zero.
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001339 return MaskedValueIsZero(I->getOperand(2), Mask) &&
Chris Lattner9e2c7fa2005-01-23 20:26:55 +00001340 MaskedValueIsZero(I->getOperand(1), Mask);
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001341 case Instruction::Cast: {
1342 const Type *SrcTy = I->getOperand(0)->getType();
Chris Lattner4c2d3782005-05-06 01:53:19 +00001343 if (SrcTy == Type::BoolTy)
1344 return (Mask->getRawValue() & 1) == 0;
1345
1346 if (SrcTy->isInteger()) {
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001347 // (cast <ty> X to int) & C2 == 0 iff <ty> could not have contained C2.
1348 if (SrcTy->isUnsigned() && // Only handle zero ext.
1349 ConstantExpr::getCast(Mask, SrcTy)->isNullValue())
1350 return true;
1351
1352 // If this is a noop cast, recurse.
Chris Lattner4c2d3782005-05-06 01:53:19 +00001353 if ((SrcTy->isSigned() && SrcTy->getUnsignedVersion() == I->getType())||
1354 SrcTy->getSignedVersion() == I->getType()) {
1355 Constant *NewMask =
1356 ConstantExpr::getCast(Mask, I->getOperand(0)->getType());
1357 return MaskedValueIsZero(I->getOperand(0),
1358 cast<ConstantIntegral>(NewMask));
1359 }
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001360 }
1361 break;
1362 }
1363 case Instruction::Shl:
Chris Lattneref298a32005-05-06 04:53:20 +00001364 // (shl X, C1) & C2 == 0 iff (X & C2 >>u C1) == 0
1365 if (ConstantUInt *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(I->getOperand(1)))
1366 return MaskedValueIsZero(I->getOperand(0),
1367 cast<ConstantIntegral>(ConstantExpr::getUShr(Mask, SA)));
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001368 break;
1369 case Instruction::Shr:
1370 // (ushr X, C1) & C2 == 0 iff (-1 >> C1) & C2 == 0
1371 if (ConstantUInt *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(I->getOperand(1)))
1372 if (I->getType()->isUnsigned()) {
1373 Constant *C1 = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I->getType());
1374 C1 = ConstantExpr::getShr(C1, SA);
1375 C1 = ConstantExpr::getAnd(C1, Mask);
1376 if (C1->isNullValue())
1377 return true;
1378 }
1379 break;
1380 }
1381 }
1382
1383 return false;
1384}
1385
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001386// OptAndOp - This handles expressions of the form ((val OP C1) & C2). Where
1387// the Op parameter is 'OP', OpRHS is 'C1', and AndRHS is 'C2'. Op is
1388// guaranteed to be either a shift instruction or a binary operator.
1389Instruction *InstCombiner::OptAndOp(Instruction *Op,
1390 ConstantIntegral *OpRHS,
1391 ConstantIntegral *AndRHS,
1392 BinaryOperator &TheAnd) {
1393 Value *X = Op->getOperand(0);
Chris Lattnerfcf21a72004-01-12 19:47:05 +00001394 Constant *Together = 0;
1395 if (!isa<ShiftInst>(Op))
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001396 Together = ConstantExpr::getAnd(AndRHS, OpRHS);
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00001397
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001398 switch (Op->getOpcode()) {
1399 case Instruction::Xor:
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001400 if (Op->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001401 // (X ^ C1) & C2 --> (X & C2) ^ (C1&C2)
1402 std::string OpName = Op->getName(); Op->setName("");
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001403 Instruction *And = BinaryOperator::createAnd(X, AndRHS, OpName);
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001404 InsertNewInstBefore(And, TheAnd);
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001405 return BinaryOperator::createXor(And, Together);
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001406 }
1407 break;
1408 case Instruction::Or:
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001409 if (Together == AndRHS) // (X | C) & C --> C
1410 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(TheAnd, AndRHS);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001411
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001412 if (Op->hasOneUse() && Together != OpRHS) {
1413 // (X | C1) & C2 --> (X | (C1&C2)) & C2
1414 std::string Op0Name = Op->getName(); Op->setName("");
1415 Instruction *Or = BinaryOperator::createOr(X, Together, Op0Name);
1416 InsertNewInstBefore(Or, TheAnd);
1417 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Or, AndRHS);
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001418 }
1419 break;
1420 case Instruction::Add:
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +00001421 if (Op->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001422 // Adding a one to a single bit bit-field should be turned into an XOR
1423 // of the bit. First thing to check is to see if this AND is with a
1424 // single bit constant.
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00001425 uint64_t AndRHSV = cast<ConstantInt>(AndRHS)->getRawValue();
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001426
1427 // Clear bits that are not part of the constant.
Chris Lattner2f1457f2005-04-24 17:46:05 +00001428 AndRHSV &= ~0ULL >> (64-AndRHS->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits());
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001429
1430 // If there is only one bit set...
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00001431 if (isOneBitSet(cast<ConstantInt>(AndRHS))) {
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001432 // Ok, at this point, we know that we are masking the result of the
1433 // ADD down to exactly one bit. If the constant we are adding has
1434 // no bits set below this bit, then we can eliminate the ADD.
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00001435 uint64_t AddRHS = cast<ConstantInt>(OpRHS)->getRawValue();
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001436
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001437 // Check to see if any bits below the one bit set in AndRHSV are set.
1438 if ((AddRHS & (AndRHSV-1)) == 0) {
1439 // If not, the only thing that can effect the output of the AND is
1440 // the bit specified by AndRHSV. If that bit is set, the effect of
1441 // the XOR is to toggle the bit. If it is clear, then the ADD has
1442 // no effect.
1443 if ((AddRHS & AndRHSV) == 0) { // Bit is not set, noop
1444 TheAnd.setOperand(0, X);
1445 return &TheAnd;
1446 } else {
1447 std::string Name = Op->getName(); Op->setName("");
1448 // Pull the XOR out of the AND.
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001449 Instruction *NewAnd = BinaryOperator::createAnd(X, AndRHS, Name);
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001450 InsertNewInstBefore(NewAnd, TheAnd);
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001451 return BinaryOperator::createXor(NewAnd, AndRHS);
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001452 }
1453 }
1454 }
1455 }
1456 break;
Chris Lattner2da29172003-09-19 19:05:02 +00001457
1458 case Instruction::Shl: {
1459 // We know that the AND will not produce any of the bits shifted in, so if
1460 // the anded constant includes them, clear them now!
1461 //
1462 Constant *AllOne = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(AndRHS->getType());
Chris Lattner7e794272004-09-24 15:21:34 +00001463 Constant *ShlMask = ConstantExpr::getShl(AllOne, OpRHS);
1464 Constant *CI = ConstantExpr::getAnd(AndRHS, ShlMask);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001465
Chris Lattner7e794272004-09-24 15:21:34 +00001466 if (CI == ShlMask) { // Masking out bits that the shift already masks
1467 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(TheAnd, Op); // No need for the and.
1468 } else if (CI != AndRHS) { // Reducing bits set in and.
Chris Lattner2da29172003-09-19 19:05:02 +00001469 TheAnd.setOperand(1, CI);
1470 return &TheAnd;
1471 }
1472 break;
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001473 }
Chris Lattner2da29172003-09-19 19:05:02 +00001474 case Instruction::Shr:
1475 // We know that the AND will not produce any of the bits shifted in, so if
1476 // the anded constant includes them, clear them now! This only applies to
1477 // unsigned shifts, because a signed shr may bring in set bits!
1478 //
1479 if (AndRHS->getType()->isUnsigned()) {
1480 Constant *AllOne = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(AndRHS->getType());
Chris Lattner7e794272004-09-24 15:21:34 +00001481 Constant *ShrMask = ConstantExpr::getShr(AllOne, OpRHS);
1482 Constant *CI = ConstantExpr::getAnd(AndRHS, ShrMask);
1483
1484 if (CI == ShrMask) { // Masking out bits that the shift already masks.
1485 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(TheAnd, Op);
1486 } else if (CI != AndRHS) {
1487 TheAnd.setOperand(1, CI); // Reduce bits set in and cst.
Chris Lattner2da29172003-09-19 19:05:02 +00001488 return &TheAnd;
1489 }
Chris Lattner7e794272004-09-24 15:21:34 +00001490 } else { // Signed shr.
1491 // See if this is shifting in some sign extension, then masking it out
1492 // with an and.
1493 if (Op->hasOneUse()) {
1494 Constant *AllOne = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(AndRHS->getType());
1495 Constant *ShrMask = ConstantExpr::getUShr(AllOne, OpRHS);
1496 Constant *CI = ConstantExpr::getAnd(AndRHS, ShrMask);
Chris Lattner5c3c21e2004-10-22 04:53:16 +00001497 if (CI == AndRHS) { // Masking out bits shifted in.
Chris Lattner7e794272004-09-24 15:21:34 +00001498 // Make the argument unsigned.
1499 Value *ShVal = Op->getOperand(0);
1500 ShVal = InsertCastBefore(ShVal,
1501 ShVal->getType()->getUnsignedVersion(),
1502 TheAnd);
1503 ShVal = InsertNewInstBefore(new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shr, ShVal,
1504 OpRHS, Op->getName()),
1505 TheAnd);
Chris Lattner70c20392004-10-27 05:57:15 +00001506 Value *AndRHS2 = ConstantExpr::getCast(AndRHS, ShVal->getType());
1507 ShVal = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createAnd(ShVal, AndRHS2,
1508 TheAnd.getName()),
1509 TheAnd);
Chris Lattner7e794272004-09-24 15:21:34 +00001510 return new CastInst(ShVal, Op->getType());
1511 }
1512 }
Chris Lattner2da29172003-09-19 19:05:02 +00001513 }
1514 break;
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001515 }
1516 return 0;
1517}
1518
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00001519
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00001520/// InsertRangeTest - Emit a computation of: (V >= Lo && V < Hi) if Inside is
1521/// true, otherwise (V < Lo || V >= Hi). In pratice, we emit the more efficient
1522/// (V-Lo) <u Hi-Lo. This method expects that Lo <= Hi. IB is the location to
1523/// insert new instructions.
1524Instruction *InstCombiner::InsertRangeTest(Value *V, Constant *Lo, Constant *Hi,
1525 bool Inside, Instruction &IB) {
1526 assert(cast<ConstantBool>(ConstantExpr::getSetLE(Lo, Hi))->getValue() &&
1527 "Lo is not <= Hi in range emission code!");
1528 if (Inside) {
1529 if (Lo == Hi) // Trivially false.
1530 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetNE, V, V);
1531 if (cast<ConstantIntegral>(Lo)->isMinValue())
1532 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, V, Hi);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001533
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00001534 Constant *AddCST = ConstantExpr::getNeg(Lo);
1535 Instruction *Add = BinaryOperator::createAdd(V, AddCST,V->getName()+".off");
1536 InsertNewInstBefore(Add, IB);
1537 // Convert to unsigned for the comparison.
1538 const Type *UnsType = Add->getType()->getUnsignedVersion();
1539 Value *OffsetVal = InsertCastBefore(Add, UnsType, IB);
1540 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getAdd(AddCST, Hi);
1541 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getCast(AddCST, UnsType);
1542 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, OffsetVal, AddCST);
1543 }
1544
1545 if (Lo == Hi) // Trivially true.
1546 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetEQ, V, V);
1547
1548 Hi = SubOne(cast<ConstantInt>(Hi));
1549 if (cast<ConstantIntegral>(Lo)->isMinValue()) // V < 0 || V >= Hi ->'V > Hi-1'
1550 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGT, V, Hi);
1551
1552 // Emit X-Lo > Hi-Lo-1
1553 Constant *AddCST = ConstantExpr::getNeg(Lo);
1554 Instruction *Add = BinaryOperator::createAdd(V, AddCST, V->getName()+".off");
1555 InsertNewInstBefore(Add, IB);
1556 // Convert to unsigned for the comparison.
1557 const Type *UnsType = Add->getType()->getUnsignedVersion();
1558 Value *OffsetVal = InsertCastBefore(Add, UnsType, IB);
1559 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getAdd(AddCST, Hi);
1560 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getCast(AddCST, UnsType);
1561 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGT, OffsetVal, AddCST);
1562}
1563
1564
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001565Instruction *InstCombiner::visitAnd(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +00001566 bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001567 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001568
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00001569 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1)) // X & undef -> 0
1570 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1571
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001572 // and X, X = X
1573 if (Op0 == Op1)
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001574 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001575
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001576 if (ConstantIntegral *AndRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantIntegral>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner9e2c7fa2005-01-23 20:26:55 +00001577 // and X, -1 == X
1578 if (AndRHS->isAllOnesValue())
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001579 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001580
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001581 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0, AndRHS)) // LHS & RHS == 0
1582 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1583
1584 // If the mask is not masking out any bits, there is no reason to do the
1585 // and in the first place.
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001586 ConstantIntegral *NotAndRHS =
Chris Lattner9e2c7fa2005-01-23 20:26:55 +00001587 cast<ConstantIntegral>(ConstantExpr::getNot(AndRHS));
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001588 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0, NotAndRHS))
Chris Lattner9e2c7fa2005-01-23 20:26:55 +00001589 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001590
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001591 // Optimize a variety of ((val OP C1) & C2) combinations...
1592 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(Op0) || isa<ShiftInst>(Op0)) {
1593 Instruction *Op0I = cast<Instruction>(Op0);
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001594 Value *Op0LHS = Op0I->getOperand(0);
1595 Value *Op0RHS = Op0I->getOperand(1);
1596 switch (Op0I->getOpcode()) {
1597 case Instruction::Xor:
1598 case Instruction::Or:
1599 // (X ^ V) & C2 --> (X & C2) iff (V & C2) == 0
1600 // (X | V) & C2 --> (X & C2) iff (V & C2) == 0
1601 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0LHS, AndRHS))
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001602 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0RHS, AndRHS);
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001603 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0RHS, AndRHS))
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001604 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0LHS, AndRHS);
Chris Lattner9e2c7fa2005-01-23 20:26:55 +00001605
1606 // If the mask is only needed on one incoming arm, push it up.
1607 if (Op0I->hasOneUse()) {
1608 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0LHS, NotAndRHS)) {
1609 // Not masking anything out for the LHS, move to RHS.
1610 Instruction *NewRHS = BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0RHS, AndRHS,
1611 Op0RHS->getName()+".masked");
1612 InsertNewInstBefore(NewRHS, I);
1613 return BinaryOperator::create(
1614 cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0I)->getOpcode(), Op0LHS, NewRHS);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001615 }
Chris Lattner9e2c7fa2005-01-23 20:26:55 +00001616 if (!isa<Constant>(NotAndRHS) &&
1617 MaskedValueIsZero(Op0RHS, NotAndRHS)) {
1618 // Not masking anything out for the RHS, move to LHS.
1619 Instruction *NewLHS = BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0LHS, AndRHS,
1620 Op0LHS->getName()+".masked");
1621 InsertNewInstBefore(NewLHS, I);
1622 return BinaryOperator::create(
1623 cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0I)->getOpcode(), NewLHS, Op0RHS);
1624 }
1625 }
1626
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001627 break;
1628 case Instruction::And:
1629 // (X & V) & C2 --> 0 iff (V & C2) == 0
1630 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0LHS, AndRHS) ||
1631 MaskedValueIsZero(Op0RHS, AndRHS))
1632 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1633 break;
1634 }
1635
Chris Lattner16464b32003-07-23 19:25:52 +00001636 if (ConstantInt *Op0CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0I->getOperand(1)))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001637 if (Instruction *Res = OptAndOp(Op0I, Op0CI, AndRHS, I))
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001638 return Res;
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001639 } else if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0)) {
1640 const Type *SrcTy = CI->getOperand(0)->getType();
1641
1642 // If this is an integer sign or zero extension instruction.
1643 if (SrcTy->isIntegral() &&
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00001644 SrcTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() <
1645 CI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()) {
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001646
1647 if (SrcTy->isUnsigned()) {
1648 // See if this and is clearing out bits that are known to be zero
1649 // anyway (due to the zero extension).
1650 Constant *Mask = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(SrcTy);
1651 Mask = ConstantExpr::getZeroExtend(Mask, CI->getType());
1652 Constant *Result = ConstantExpr::getAnd(Mask, AndRHS);
1653 if (Result == Mask) // The "and" isn't doing anything, remove it.
1654 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, CI);
1655 if (Result != AndRHS) { // Reduce the and RHS constant.
1656 I.setOperand(1, Result);
1657 return &I;
1658 }
1659
1660 } else {
1661 if (CI->hasOneUse() && SrcTy->isInteger()) {
1662 // We can only do this if all of the sign bits brought in are masked
1663 // out. Compute this by first getting 0000011111, then inverting
1664 // it.
1665 Constant *Mask = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(SrcTy);
1666 Mask = ConstantExpr::getZeroExtend(Mask, CI->getType());
1667 Mask = ConstantExpr::getNot(Mask); // 1's in the new bits.
1668 if (ConstantExpr::getAnd(Mask, AndRHS)->isNullValue()) {
1669 // If the and is clearing all of the sign bits, change this to a
1670 // zero extension cast. To do this, cast the cast input to
1671 // unsigned, then to the requested size.
1672 Value *CastOp = CI->getOperand(0);
1673 Instruction *NC =
1674 new CastInst(CastOp, CastOp->getType()->getUnsignedVersion(),
1675 CI->getName()+".uns");
1676 NC = InsertNewInstBefore(NC, I);
1677 // Finally, insert a replacement for CI.
1678 NC = new CastInst(NC, CI->getType(), CI->getName());
1679 CI->setName("");
1680 NC = InsertNewInstBefore(NC, I);
1681 WorkList.push_back(CI); // Delete CI later.
1682 I.setOperand(0, NC);
1683 return &I; // The AND operand was modified.
1684 }
1685 }
1686 }
1687 }
Chris Lattner33217db2003-07-23 19:36:21 +00001688 }
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00001689
1690 // Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
1691 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001692 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00001693 return R;
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +00001694 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
1695 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
1696 return NV;
Chris Lattner49b47ae2003-07-23 17:57:01 +00001697 }
1698
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +00001699 Value *Op0NotVal = dyn_castNotVal(Op0);
1700 Value *Op1NotVal = dyn_castNotVal(Op1);
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001701
Chris Lattner023a4832004-06-18 06:07:51 +00001702 if (Op0NotVal == Op1 || Op1NotVal == Op0) // A & ~A == ~A & A == 0
1703 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1704
Misha Brukman9c003d82004-07-30 12:50:08 +00001705 // (~A & ~B) == (~(A | B)) - De Morgan's Law
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +00001706 if (Op0NotVal && Op1NotVal && isOnlyUse(Op0) && isOnlyUse(Op1)) {
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001707 Instruction *Or = BinaryOperator::createOr(Op0NotVal, Op1NotVal,
1708 I.getName()+".demorgan");
Chris Lattner49b47ae2003-07-23 17:57:01 +00001709 InsertNewInstBefore(Or, I);
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001710 return BinaryOperator::createNot(Or);
1711 }
1712
Chris Lattner623826c2004-09-28 21:48:02 +00001713 if (SetCondInst *RHS = dyn_cast<SetCondInst>(Op1)) {
1714 // (setcc1 A, B) & (setcc2 A, B) --> (setcc3 A, B)
Chris Lattner3ac7c262003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001715 if (Instruction *R = AssociativeOpt(I, FoldSetCCLogical(*this, RHS)))
1716 return R;
1717
Chris Lattner623826c2004-09-28 21:48:02 +00001718 Value *LHSVal, *RHSVal;
1719 ConstantInt *LHSCst, *RHSCst;
1720 Instruction::BinaryOps LHSCC, RHSCC;
1721 if (match(Op0, m_SetCond(LHSCC, m_Value(LHSVal), m_ConstantInt(LHSCst))))
1722 if (match(RHS, m_SetCond(RHSCC, m_Value(RHSVal), m_ConstantInt(RHSCst))))
1723 if (LHSVal == RHSVal && // Found (X setcc C1) & (X setcc C2)
1724 // Set[GL]E X, CST is folded to Set[GL]T elsewhere.
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001725 LHSCC != Instruction::SetGE && LHSCC != Instruction::SetLE &&
Chris Lattner623826c2004-09-28 21:48:02 +00001726 RHSCC != Instruction::SetGE && RHSCC != Instruction::SetLE) {
1727 // Ensure that the larger constant is on the RHS.
1728 Constant *Cmp = ConstantExpr::getSetGT(LHSCst, RHSCst);
1729 SetCondInst *LHS = cast<SetCondInst>(Op0);
1730 if (cast<ConstantBool>(Cmp)->getValue()) {
1731 std::swap(LHS, RHS);
1732 std::swap(LHSCst, RHSCst);
1733 std::swap(LHSCC, RHSCC);
1734 }
1735
1736 // At this point, we know we have have two setcc instructions
1737 // comparing a value against two constants and and'ing the result
1738 // together. Because of the above check, we know that we only have
1739 // SetEQ, SetNE, SetLT, and SetGT here. We also know (from the
1740 // FoldSetCCLogical check above), that the two constants are not
1741 // equal.
1742 assert(LHSCst != RHSCst && "Compares not folded above?");
1743
1744 switch (LHSCC) {
1745 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1746 case Instruction::SetEQ:
1747 switch (RHSCC) {
1748 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1749 case Instruction::SetEQ: // (X == 13 & X == 15) -> false
1750 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X == 13 & X > 15) -> false
1751 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
1752 case Instruction::SetNE: // (X == 13 & X != 15) -> X == 13
1753 case Instruction::SetLT: // (X == 13 & X < 15) -> X == 13
1754 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
1755 }
1756 case Instruction::SetNE:
1757 switch (RHSCC) {
1758 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1759 case Instruction::SetLT:
1760 if (LHSCst == SubOne(RHSCst)) // (X != 13 & X < 14) -> X < 13
1761 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, LHSVal, LHSCst);
1762 break; // (X != 13 & X < 15) -> no change
1763 case Instruction::SetEQ: // (X != 13 & X == 15) -> X == 15
1764 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X != 13 & X > 15) -> X > 15
1765 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
1766 case Instruction::SetNE:
1767 if (LHSCst == SubOne(RHSCst)) {// (X != 13 & X != 14) -> X-13 >u 1
1768 Constant *AddCST = ConstantExpr::getNeg(LHSCst);
1769 Instruction *Add = BinaryOperator::createAdd(LHSVal, AddCST,
1770 LHSVal->getName()+".off");
1771 InsertNewInstBefore(Add, I);
1772 const Type *UnsType = Add->getType()->getUnsignedVersion();
1773 Value *OffsetVal = InsertCastBefore(Add, UnsType, I);
1774 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getSub(RHSCst, LHSCst);
1775 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getCast(AddCST, UnsType);
1776 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGT, OffsetVal, AddCST);
1777 }
1778 break; // (X != 13 & X != 15) -> no change
1779 }
1780 break;
1781 case Instruction::SetLT:
1782 switch (RHSCC) {
1783 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1784 case Instruction::SetEQ: // (X < 13 & X == 15) -> false
1785 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X < 13 & X > 15) -> false
1786 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
1787 case Instruction::SetNE: // (X < 13 & X != 15) -> X < 13
1788 case Instruction::SetLT: // (X < 13 & X < 15) -> X < 13
1789 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
1790 }
1791 case Instruction::SetGT:
1792 switch (RHSCC) {
1793 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1794 case Instruction::SetEQ: // (X > 13 & X == 15) -> X > 13
1795 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
1796 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X > 13 & X > 15) -> X > 15
1797 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
1798 case Instruction::SetNE:
1799 if (RHSCst == AddOne(LHSCst)) // (X > 13 & X != 14) -> X > 14
1800 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGT, LHSVal, RHSCst);
1801 break; // (X > 13 & X != 15) -> no change
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00001802 case Instruction::SetLT: // (X > 13 & X < 15) -> (X-14) <u 1
1803 return InsertRangeTest(LHSVal, AddOne(LHSCst), RHSCst, true, I);
Chris Lattner623826c2004-09-28 21:48:02 +00001804 }
1805 }
1806 }
1807 }
1808
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001809 return Changed ? &I : 0;
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001810}
1811
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001812Instruction *InstCombiner::visitOr(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +00001813 bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001814 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001815
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00001816 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1))
1817 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, // X | undef -> -1
1818 ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
1819
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001820 // or X, X = X or X, 0 == X
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001821 if (Op0 == Op1 || Op1 == Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()))
1822 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001823
1824 // or X, -1 == -1
Chris Lattner8f0d1562003-07-23 18:29:44 +00001825 if (ConstantIntegral *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantIntegral>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001826 // If X is known to only contain bits that already exist in RHS, just
1827 // replace this instruction with RHS directly.
1828 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0,
1829 cast<ConstantIntegral>(ConstantExpr::getNot(RHS))))
1830 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001831
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00001832 ConstantInt *C1; Value *X;
1833 // (X & C1) | C2 --> (X | C2) & (C1|C2)
1834 if (match(Op0, m_And(m_Value(X), m_ConstantInt(C1))) && isOnlyUse(Op0)) {
Chris Lattnerb62f5082005-05-09 04:58:36 +00001835 Instruction *Or = BinaryOperator::createOr(X, RHS, Op0->getName());
1836 Op0->setName("");
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00001837 InsertNewInstBefore(Or, I);
1838 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Or, ConstantExpr::getOr(RHS, C1));
1839 }
Chris Lattner8f0d1562003-07-23 18:29:44 +00001840
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00001841 // (X ^ C1) | C2 --> (X | C2) ^ (C1&~C2)
1842 if (match(Op0, m_Xor(m_Value(X), m_ConstantInt(C1))) && isOnlyUse(Op0)) {
1843 std::string Op0Name = Op0->getName(); Op0->setName("");
1844 Instruction *Or = BinaryOperator::createOr(X, RHS, Op0Name);
1845 InsertNewInstBefore(Or, I);
1846 return BinaryOperator::createXor(Or,
1847 ConstantExpr::getAnd(C1, ConstantExpr::getNot(RHS)));
Chris Lattner8f0d1562003-07-23 18:29:44 +00001848 }
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00001849
1850 // Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
1851 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001852 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00001853 return R;
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +00001854 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
1855 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
1856 return NV;
Chris Lattner8f0d1562003-07-23 18:29:44 +00001857 }
1858
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00001859 Value *A, *B; ConstantInt *C1, *C2;
Chris Lattner4294cec2005-05-07 23:49:08 +00001860
1861 if (match(Op0, m_And(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))))
1862 if (A == Op1 || B == Op1) // (A & ?) | A --> A
1863 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1);
1864 if (match(Op1, m_And(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))))
1865 if (A == Op0 || B == Op0) // A | (A & ?) --> A
1866 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
1867
Chris Lattnerb62f5082005-05-09 04:58:36 +00001868 // (X^C)|Y -> (X|Y)^C iff Y&C == 0
1869 if (Op0->hasOneUse() && match(Op0, m_Xor(m_Value(A), m_ConstantInt(C1))) &&
1870 MaskedValueIsZero(Op1, C1)) {
1871 Instruction *NOr = BinaryOperator::createOr(A, Op1, Op0->getName());
1872 Op0->setName("");
1873 return BinaryOperator::createXor(InsertNewInstBefore(NOr, I), C1);
1874 }
1875
1876 // Y|(X^C) -> (X|Y)^C iff Y&C == 0
1877 if (Op1->hasOneUse() && match(Op1, m_Xor(m_Value(A), m_ConstantInt(C1))) &&
1878 MaskedValueIsZero(Op0, C1)) {
1879 Instruction *NOr = BinaryOperator::createOr(A, Op0, Op1->getName());
1880 Op0->setName("");
1881 return BinaryOperator::createXor(InsertNewInstBefore(NOr, I), C1);
1882 }
1883
Chris Lattner4294cec2005-05-07 23:49:08 +00001884 // (A & C1)|(A & C2) == A & (C1|C2)
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00001885 if (match(Op0, m_And(m_Value(A), m_ConstantInt(C1))) &&
1886 match(Op1, m_And(m_Value(B), m_ConstantInt(C2))) && A == B)
1887 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(A, ConstantExpr::getOr(C1, C2));
Chris Lattner812aab72003-08-12 19:11:07 +00001888
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00001889 if (match(Op0, m_Not(m_Value(A)))) { // ~A | Op1
1890 if (A == Op1) // ~A | A == -1
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001891 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I,
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00001892 ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
1893 } else {
1894 A = 0;
1895 }
Chris Lattner4294cec2005-05-07 23:49:08 +00001896 // Note, A is still live here!
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00001897 if (match(Op1, m_Not(m_Value(B)))) { // Op0 | ~B
1898 if (Op0 == B)
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001899 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I,
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00001900 ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
Chris Lattner3e327a42003-03-10 23:13:59 +00001901
Misha Brukman9c003d82004-07-30 12:50:08 +00001902 // (~A | ~B) == (~(A & B)) - De Morgan's Law
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00001903 if (A && isOnlyUse(Op0) && isOnlyUse(Op1)) {
1904 Value *And = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createAnd(A, B,
1905 I.getName()+".demorgan"), I);
1906 return BinaryOperator::createNot(And);
1907 }
Chris Lattner3e327a42003-03-10 23:13:59 +00001908 }
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001909
Chris Lattner3ac7c262003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001910 // (setcc1 A, B) | (setcc2 A, B) --> (setcc3 A, B)
Chris Lattnerdcf756e2004-09-28 22:33:08 +00001911 if (SetCondInst *RHS = dyn_cast<SetCondInst>(I.getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattner3ac7c262003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001912 if (Instruction *R = AssociativeOpt(I, FoldSetCCLogical(*this, RHS)))
1913 return R;
1914
Chris Lattnerdcf756e2004-09-28 22:33:08 +00001915 Value *LHSVal, *RHSVal;
1916 ConstantInt *LHSCst, *RHSCst;
1917 Instruction::BinaryOps LHSCC, RHSCC;
1918 if (match(Op0, m_SetCond(LHSCC, m_Value(LHSVal), m_ConstantInt(LHSCst))))
1919 if (match(RHS, m_SetCond(RHSCC, m_Value(RHSVal), m_ConstantInt(RHSCst))))
1920 if (LHSVal == RHSVal && // Found (X setcc C1) | (X setcc C2)
1921 // Set[GL]E X, CST is folded to Set[GL]T elsewhere.
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001922 LHSCC != Instruction::SetGE && LHSCC != Instruction::SetLE &&
Chris Lattnerdcf756e2004-09-28 22:33:08 +00001923 RHSCC != Instruction::SetGE && RHSCC != Instruction::SetLE) {
1924 // Ensure that the larger constant is on the RHS.
1925 Constant *Cmp = ConstantExpr::getSetGT(LHSCst, RHSCst);
1926 SetCondInst *LHS = cast<SetCondInst>(Op0);
1927 if (cast<ConstantBool>(Cmp)->getValue()) {
1928 std::swap(LHS, RHS);
1929 std::swap(LHSCst, RHSCst);
1930 std::swap(LHSCC, RHSCC);
1931 }
1932
1933 // At this point, we know we have have two setcc instructions
1934 // comparing a value against two constants and or'ing the result
1935 // together. Because of the above check, we know that we only have
1936 // SetEQ, SetNE, SetLT, and SetGT here. We also know (from the
1937 // FoldSetCCLogical check above), that the two constants are not
1938 // equal.
1939 assert(LHSCst != RHSCst && "Compares not folded above?");
1940
1941 switch (LHSCC) {
1942 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1943 case Instruction::SetEQ:
1944 switch (RHSCC) {
1945 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1946 case Instruction::SetEQ:
1947 if (LHSCst == SubOne(RHSCst)) {// (X == 13 | X == 14) -> X-13 <u 2
1948 Constant *AddCST = ConstantExpr::getNeg(LHSCst);
1949 Instruction *Add = BinaryOperator::createAdd(LHSVal, AddCST,
1950 LHSVal->getName()+".off");
1951 InsertNewInstBefore(Add, I);
1952 const Type *UnsType = Add->getType()->getUnsignedVersion();
1953 Value *OffsetVal = InsertCastBefore(Add, UnsType, I);
1954 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getSub(AddOne(RHSCst), LHSCst);
1955 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getCast(AddCST, UnsType);
1956 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, OffsetVal, AddCST);
1957 }
1958 break; // (X == 13 | X == 15) -> no change
1959
Chris Lattner5c219462005-04-19 06:04:18 +00001960 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X == 13 | X > 14) -> no change
1961 break;
Chris Lattnerdcf756e2004-09-28 22:33:08 +00001962 case Instruction::SetNE: // (X == 13 | X != 15) -> X != 15
1963 case Instruction::SetLT: // (X == 13 | X < 15) -> X < 15
1964 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
1965 }
1966 break;
1967 case Instruction::SetNE:
1968 switch (RHSCC) {
1969 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
Chris Lattnerdcf756e2004-09-28 22:33:08 +00001970 case Instruction::SetEQ: // (X != 13 | X == 15) -> X != 13
1971 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X != 13 | X > 15) -> X != 13
1972 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
1973 case Instruction::SetNE: // (X != 13 | X != 15) -> true
Chris Lattner2ceb6ee2005-06-17 03:59:17 +00001974 case Instruction::SetLT: // (X != 13 | X < 15) -> true
Chris Lattnerdcf756e2004-09-28 22:33:08 +00001975 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
1976 }
1977 break;
1978 case Instruction::SetLT:
1979 switch (RHSCC) {
1980 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1981 case Instruction::SetEQ: // (X < 13 | X == 14) -> no change
1982 break;
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00001983 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X < 13 | X > 15) -> (X-13) > 2
1984 return InsertRangeTest(LHSVal, LHSCst, AddOne(RHSCst), false, I);
Chris Lattnerdcf756e2004-09-28 22:33:08 +00001985 case Instruction::SetNE: // (X < 13 | X != 15) -> X != 15
1986 case Instruction::SetLT: // (X < 13 | X < 15) -> X < 15
1987 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
1988 }
1989 break;
1990 case Instruction::SetGT:
1991 switch (RHSCC) {
1992 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1993 case Instruction::SetEQ: // (X > 13 | X == 15) -> X > 13
1994 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X > 13 | X > 15) -> X > 13
1995 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
1996 case Instruction::SetNE: // (X > 13 | X != 15) -> true
1997 case Instruction::SetLT: // (X > 13 | X < 15) -> true
1998 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
1999 }
2000 }
2001 }
2002 }
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00002003 return Changed ? &I : 0;
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002004}
2005
Chris Lattnerc2076352004-02-16 01:20:27 +00002006// XorSelf - Implements: X ^ X --> 0
2007struct XorSelf {
2008 Value *RHS;
2009 XorSelf(Value *rhs) : RHS(rhs) {}
2010 bool shouldApply(Value *LHS) const { return LHS == RHS; }
2011 Instruction *apply(BinaryOperator &Xor) const {
2012 return &Xor;
2013 }
2014};
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002015
2016
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00002017Instruction *InstCombiner::visitXor(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +00002018 bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00002019 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002020
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00002021 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1))
2022 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1); // X ^ undef -> undef
2023
Chris Lattnerc2076352004-02-16 01:20:27 +00002024 // xor X, X = 0, even if X is nested in a sequence of Xor's.
2025 if (Instruction *Result = AssociativeOpt(I, XorSelf(Op1))) {
2026 assert(Result == &I && "AssociativeOpt didn't work?");
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00002027 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
Chris Lattnerc2076352004-02-16 01:20:27 +00002028 }
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002029
Chris Lattner97638592003-07-23 21:37:07 +00002030 if (ConstantIntegral *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantIntegral>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002031 // xor X, 0 == X
Chris Lattner97638592003-07-23 21:37:07 +00002032 if (RHS->isNullValue())
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00002033 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002034
Chris Lattner97638592003-07-23 21:37:07 +00002035 if (BinaryOperator *Op0I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0)) {
Chris Lattnerb8d6e402002-08-20 18:24:26 +00002036 // xor (setcc A, B), true = not (setcc A, B) = setncc A, B
Chris Lattner97638592003-07-23 21:37:07 +00002037 if (SetCondInst *SCI = dyn_cast<SetCondInst>(Op0I))
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +00002038 if (RHS == ConstantBool::True && SCI->hasOneUse())
Chris Lattnerb8d6e402002-08-20 18:24:26 +00002039 return new SetCondInst(SCI->getInverseCondition(),
2040 SCI->getOperand(0), SCI->getOperand(1));
Chris Lattnere5806662003-11-04 23:50:51 +00002041
Chris Lattner8f2f5982003-11-05 01:06:05 +00002042 // ~(c-X) == X-c-1 == X+(-c-1)
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00002043 if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub && RHS->isAllOnesValue())
2044 if (Constant *Op0I0C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op0I->getOperand(0))) {
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002045 Constant *NegOp0I0C = ConstantExpr::getNeg(Op0I0C);
2046 Constant *ConstantRHS = ConstantExpr::getSub(NegOp0I0C,
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00002047 ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1));
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002048 return BinaryOperator::createAdd(Op0I->getOperand(1), ConstantRHS);
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00002049 }
Chris Lattner023a4832004-06-18 06:07:51 +00002050
2051 // ~(~X & Y) --> (X | ~Y)
2052 if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::And && RHS->isAllOnesValue()) {
2053 if (dyn_castNotVal(Op0I->getOperand(1))) Op0I->swapOperands();
2054 if (Value *Op0NotVal = dyn_castNotVal(Op0I->getOperand(0))) {
2055 Instruction *NotY =
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002056 BinaryOperator::createNot(Op0I->getOperand(1),
Chris Lattner023a4832004-06-18 06:07:51 +00002057 Op0I->getOperand(1)->getName()+".not");
2058 InsertNewInstBefore(NotY, I);
2059 return BinaryOperator::createOr(Op0NotVal, NotY);
2060 }
2061 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002062
Chris Lattner97638592003-07-23 21:37:07 +00002063 if (ConstantInt *Op0CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0I->getOperand(1)))
Chris Lattnere5806662003-11-04 23:50:51 +00002064 switch (Op0I->getOpcode()) {
2065 case Instruction::Add:
Chris Lattner0f68fa62003-11-04 23:37:10 +00002066 // ~(X-c) --> (-c-1)-X
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00002067 if (RHS->isAllOnesValue()) {
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002068 Constant *NegOp0CI = ConstantExpr::getNeg(Op0CI);
2069 return BinaryOperator::createSub(
2070 ConstantExpr::getSub(NegOp0CI,
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00002071 ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1)),
Chris Lattner0f68fa62003-11-04 23:37:10 +00002072 Op0I->getOperand(0));
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00002073 }
Chris Lattnere5806662003-11-04 23:50:51 +00002074 break;
2075 case Instruction::And:
Chris Lattner97638592003-07-23 21:37:07 +00002076 // (X & C1) ^ C2 --> (X & C1) | C2 iff (C1&C2) == 0
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002077 if (ConstantExpr::getAnd(RHS, Op0CI)->isNullValue())
2078 return BinaryOperator::createOr(Op0, RHS);
Chris Lattnere5806662003-11-04 23:50:51 +00002079 break;
2080 case Instruction::Or:
Chris Lattner97638592003-07-23 21:37:07 +00002081 // (X | C1) ^ C2 --> (X | C1) & ~C2 iff (C1&C2) == C2
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002082 if (ConstantExpr::getAnd(RHS, Op0CI) == RHS)
Chris Lattnerc8e7e292004-06-10 02:12:35 +00002083 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0, ConstantExpr::getNot(RHS));
Chris Lattnere5806662003-11-04 23:50:51 +00002084 break;
2085 default: break;
Chris Lattner97638592003-07-23 21:37:07 +00002086 }
Chris Lattnerb8d6e402002-08-20 18:24:26 +00002087 }
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00002088
2089 // Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
2090 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00002091 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00002092 return R;
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +00002093 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
2094 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
2095 return NV;
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002096 }
2097
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +00002098 if (Value *X = dyn_castNotVal(Op0)) // ~A ^ A == -1
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00002099 if (X == Op1)
2100 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I,
2101 ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
2102
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +00002103 if (Value *X = dyn_castNotVal(Op1)) // A ^ ~A == -1
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00002104 if (X == Op0)
2105 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I,
2106 ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
2107
Chris Lattner1bbb7b62003-03-10 18:24:17 +00002108 if (Instruction *Op1I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op1))
Chris Lattnerb36d9082004-02-16 03:54:20 +00002109 if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) {
Chris Lattner1bbb7b62003-03-10 18:24:17 +00002110 if (Op1I->getOperand(0) == Op0) { // B^(B|A) == (A|B)^B
2111 cast<BinaryOperator>(Op1I)->swapOperands();
2112 I.swapOperands();
2113 std::swap(Op0, Op1);
2114 } else if (Op1I->getOperand(1) == Op0) { // B^(A|B) == (A|B)^B
2115 I.swapOperands();
2116 std::swap(Op0, Op1);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002117 }
Chris Lattnerb36d9082004-02-16 03:54:20 +00002118 } else if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Xor) {
2119 if (Op0 == Op1I->getOperand(0)) // A^(A^B) == B
2120 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1I->getOperand(1));
2121 else if (Op0 == Op1I->getOperand(1)) // A^(B^A) == B
2122 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1I->getOperand(0));
2123 }
Chris Lattner1bbb7b62003-03-10 18:24:17 +00002124
2125 if (Instruction *Op0I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op0))
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +00002126 if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or && Op0I->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattner1bbb7b62003-03-10 18:24:17 +00002127 if (Op0I->getOperand(0) == Op1) // (B|A)^B == (A|B)^B
2128 cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0I)->swapOperands();
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +00002129 if (Op0I->getOperand(1) == Op1) { // (A|B)^B == A & ~B
Chris Lattner396dbfe2004-06-09 05:08:07 +00002130 Value *NotB = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createNot(Op1,
2131 Op1->getName()+".not"), I);
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002132 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0I->getOperand(0), NotB);
Chris Lattner1bbb7b62003-03-10 18:24:17 +00002133 }
Chris Lattnerb36d9082004-02-16 03:54:20 +00002134 } else if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Xor) {
2135 if (Op1 == Op0I->getOperand(0)) // (A^B)^A == B
2136 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0I->getOperand(1));
2137 else if (Op1 == Op0I->getOperand(1)) // (B^A)^A == B
2138 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0I->getOperand(0));
Chris Lattner1bbb7b62003-03-10 18:24:17 +00002139 }
2140
Chris Lattner7aa2d472004-08-01 19:42:59 +00002141 // (A & C1)^(B & C2) -> (A & C1)|(B & C2) iff C1&C2 == 0
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00002142 Value *A, *B; ConstantInt *C1, *C2;
2143 if (match(Op0, m_And(m_Value(A), m_ConstantInt(C1))) &&
2144 match(Op1, m_And(m_Value(B), m_ConstantInt(C2))) &&
Chris Lattner7aa2d472004-08-01 19:42:59 +00002145 ConstantExpr::getAnd(C1, C2)->isNullValue())
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00002146 return BinaryOperator::createOr(Op0, Op1);
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +00002147
Chris Lattner3ac7c262003-08-13 20:16:26 +00002148 // (setcc1 A, B) ^ (setcc2 A, B) --> (setcc3 A, B)
2149 if (SetCondInst *RHS = dyn_cast<SetCondInst>(I.getOperand(1)))
2150 if (Instruction *R = AssociativeOpt(I, FoldSetCCLogical(*this, RHS)))
2151 return R;
2152
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00002153 return Changed ? &I : 0;
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002154}
2155
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00002156/// MulWithOverflow - Compute Result = In1*In2, returning true if the result
2157/// overflowed for this type.
2158static bool MulWithOverflow(ConstantInt *&Result, ConstantInt *In1,
2159 ConstantInt *In2) {
2160 Result = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getMul(In1, In2));
2161 return !In2->isNullValue() && ConstantExpr::getDiv(Result, In2) != In1;
2162}
2163
2164static bool isPositive(ConstantInt *C) {
2165 return cast<ConstantSInt>(C)->getValue() >= 0;
2166}
2167
2168/// AddWithOverflow - Compute Result = In1+In2, returning true if the result
2169/// overflowed for this type.
2170static bool AddWithOverflow(ConstantInt *&Result, ConstantInt *In1,
2171 ConstantInt *In2) {
2172 Result = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getAdd(In1, In2));
2173
2174 if (In1->getType()->isUnsigned())
2175 return cast<ConstantUInt>(Result)->getValue() <
2176 cast<ConstantUInt>(In1)->getValue();
2177 if (isPositive(In1) != isPositive(In2))
2178 return false;
2179 if (isPositive(In1))
2180 return cast<ConstantSInt>(Result)->getValue() <
2181 cast<ConstantSInt>(In1)->getValue();
2182 return cast<ConstantSInt>(Result)->getValue() >
2183 cast<ConstantSInt>(In1)->getValue();
2184}
2185
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002186/// EmitGEPOffset - Given a getelementptr instruction/constantexpr, emit the
2187/// code necessary to compute the offset from the base pointer (without adding
2188/// in the base pointer). Return the result as a signed integer of intptr size.
2189static Value *EmitGEPOffset(User *GEP, Instruction &I, InstCombiner &IC) {
2190 TargetData &TD = IC.getTargetData();
2191 gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(GEP);
2192 const Type *UIntPtrTy = TD.getIntPtrType();
2193 const Type *SIntPtrTy = UIntPtrTy->getSignedVersion();
2194 Value *Result = Constant::getNullValue(SIntPtrTy);
2195
2196 // Build a mask for high order bits.
2197 uint64_t PtrSizeMask = ~0ULL;
2198 PtrSizeMask >>= 64-(TD.getPointerSize()*8);
2199
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002200 for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEP->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i, ++GTI) {
2201 Value *Op = GEP->getOperand(i);
Chris Lattnerd35d2102005-01-13 23:26:48 +00002202 uint64_t Size = TD.getTypeSize(GTI.getIndexedType()) & PtrSizeMask;
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002203 Constant *Scale = ConstantExpr::getCast(ConstantUInt::get(UIntPtrTy, Size),
2204 SIntPtrTy);
2205 if (Constant *OpC = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op)) {
2206 if (!OpC->isNullValue()) {
Chris Lattner4cb9fa32005-01-13 20:40:58 +00002207 OpC = ConstantExpr::getCast(OpC, SIntPtrTy);
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002208 Scale = ConstantExpr::getMul(OpC, Scale);
2209 if (Constant *RC = dyn_cast<Constant>(Result))
2210 Result = ConstantExpr::getAdd(RC, Scale);
2211 else {
2212 // Emit an add instruction.
2213 Result = IC.InsertNewInstBefore(
2214 BinaryOperator::createAdd(Result, Scale,
2215 GEP->getName()+".offs"), I);
2216 }
2217 }
2218 } else {
Chris Lattner7aa41cf2005-01-14 17:17:59 +00002219 // Convert to correct type.
2220 Op = IC.InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(Op, SIntPtrTy,
2221 Op->getName()+".c"), I);
2222 if (Size != 1)
Chris Lattner4cb9fa32005-01-13 20:40:58 +00002223 // We'll let instcombine(mul) convert this to a shl if possible.
2224 Op = IC.InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createMul(Op, Scale,
2225 GEP->getName()+".idx"), I);
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002226
2227 // Emit an add instruction.
Chris Lattner4cb9fa32005-01-13 20:40:58 +00002228 Result = IC.InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createAdd(Op, Result,
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002229 GEP->getName()+".offs"), I);
2230 }
2231 }
2232 return Result;
2233}
2234
2235/// FoldGEPSetCC - Fold comparisons between a GEP instruction and something
2236/// else. At this point we know that the GEP is on the LHS of the comparison.
2237Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldGEPSetCC(User *GEPLHS, Value *RHS,
2238 Instruction::BinaryOps Cond,
2239 Instruction &I) {
2240 assert(dyn_castGetElementPtr(GEPLHS) && "LHS is not a getelementptr!");
Chris Lattner81e84172005-01-13 22:25:21 +00002241
2242 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(RHS))
2243 if (isa<PointerType>(CI->getOperand(0)->getType()))
2244 RHS = CI->getOperand(0);
2245
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002246 Value *PtrBase = GEPLHS->getOperand(0);
2247 if (PtrBase == RHS) {
2248 // As an optimization, we don't actually have to compute the actual value of
2249 // OFFSET if this is a seteq or setne comparison, just return whether each
2250 // index is zero or not.
Chris Lattner81e84172005-01-13 22:25:21 +00002251 if (Cond == Instruction::SetEQ || Cond == Instruction::SetNE) {
2252 Instruction *InVal = 0;
Chris Lattnercd517ff2005-01-28 19:32:01 +00002253 gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(GEPLHS);
2254 for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEPLHS->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i, ++GTI) {
Chris Lattner81e84172005-01-13 22:25:21 +00002255 bool EmitIt = true;
2256 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(GEPLHS->getOperand(i))) {
2257 if (isa<UndefValue>(C)) // undef index -> undef.
2258 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, UndefValue::get(I.getType()));
2259 if (C->isNullValue())
2260 EmitIt = false;
Chris Lattnercd517ff2005-01-28 19:32:01 +00002261 else if (TD->getTypeSize(GTI.getIndexedType()) == 0) {
2262 EmitIt = false; // This is indexing into a zero sized array?
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002263 } else if (isa<ConstantInt>(C))
Chris Lattner81e84172005-01-13 22:25:21 +00002264 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, // No comparison is needed here.
2265 ConstantBool::get(Cond == Instruction::SetNE));
2266 }
2267
2268 if (EmitIt) {
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002269 Instruction *Comp =
Chris Lattner81e84172005-01-13 22:25:21 +00002270 new SetCondInst(Cond, GEPLHS->getOperand(i),
2271 Constant::getNullValue(GEPLHS->getOperand(i)->getType()));
2272 if (InVal == 0)
2273 InVal = Comp;
2274 else {
2275 InVal = InsertNewInstBefore(InVal, I);
2276 InsertNewInstBefore(Comp, I);
2277 if (Cond == Instruction::SetNE) // True if any are unequal
2278 InVal = BinaryOperator::createOr(InVal, Comp);
2279 else // True if all are equal
2280 InVal = BinaryOperator::createAnd(InVal, Comp);
2281 }
2282 }
2283 }
2284
2285 if (InVal)
2286 return InVal;
2287 else
2288 ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, // No comparison is needed here, all indexes = 0
2289 ConstantBool::get(Cond == Instruction::SetEQ));
2290 }
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002291
2292 // Only lower this if the setcc is the only user of the GEP or if we expect
2293 // the result to fold to a constant!
2294 if (isa<ConstantExpr>(GEPLHS) || GEPLHS->hasOneUse()) {
2295 // ((gep Ptr, OFFSET) cmp Ptr) ---> (OFFSET cmp 0).
2296 Value *Offset = EmitGEPOffset(GEPLHS, I, *this);
2297 return new SetCondInst(Cond, Offset,
2298 Constant::getNullValue(Offset->getType()));
2299 }
2300 } else if (User *GEPRHS = dyn_castGetElementPtr(RHS)) {
Chris Lattnera21bf8d2005-04-25 20:17:30 +00002301 // If the base pointers are different, but the indices are the same, just
2302 // compare the base pointer.
2303 if (PtrBase != GEPRHS->getOperand(0)) {
2304 bool IndicesTheSame = GEPLHS->getNumOperands()==GEPRHS->getNumOperands();
Chris Lattnerbd43b9d2005-04-26 14:40:41 +00002305 IndicesTheSame &= GEPLHS->getOperand(0)->getType() ==
2306 GEPRHS->getOperand(0)->getType();
Chris Lattnera21bf8d2005-04-25 20:17:30 +00002307 if (IndicesTheSame)
2308 for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEPLHS->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
2309 if (GEPLHS->getOperand(i) != GEPRHS->getOperand(i)) {
2310 IndicesTheSame = false;
2311 break;
2312 }
2313
2314 // If all indices are the same, just compare the base pointers.
2315 if (IndicesTheSame)
2316 return new SetCondInst(Cond, GEPLHS->getOperand(0),
2317 GEPRHS->getOperand(0));
2318
2319 // Otherwise, the base pointers are different and the indices are
2320 // different, bail out.
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002321 return 0;
Chris Lattnera21bf8d2005-04-25 20:17:30 +00002322 }
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002323
Chris Lattner81e84172005-01-13 22:25:21 +00002324 // If one of the GEPs has all zero indices, recurse.
2325 bool AllZeros = true;
2326 for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEPLHS->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
2327 if (!isa<Constant>(GEPLHS->getOperand(i)) ||
2328 !cast<Constant>(GEPLHS->getOperand(i))->isNullValue()) {
2329 AllZeros = false;
2330 break;
2331 }
2332 if (AllZeros)
2333 return FoldGEPSetCC(GEPRHS, GEPLHS->getOperand(0),
2334 SetCondInst::getSwappedCondition(Cond), I);
Chris Lattner4fa89822005-01-14 00:20:05 +00002335
2336 // If the other GEP has all zero indices, recurse.
Chris Lattner81e84172005-01-13 22:25:21 +00002337 AllZeros = true;
2338 for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEPRHS->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
2339 if (!isa<Constant>(GEPRHS->getOperand(i)) ||
2340 !cast<Constant>(GEPRHS->getOperand(i))->isNullValue()) {
2341 AllZeros = false;
2342 break;
2343 }
2344 if (AllZeros)
2345 return FoldGEPSetCC(GEPLHS, GEPRHS->getOperand(0), Cond, I);
2346
Chris Lattner4fa89822005-01-14 00:20:05 +00002347 if (GEPLHS->getNumOperands() == GEPRHS->getNumOperands()) {
2348 // If the GEPs only differ by one index, compare it.
2349 unsigned NumDifferences = 0; // Keep track of # differences.
2350 unsigned DiffOperand = 0; // The operand that differs.
2351 for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEPRHS->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
2352 if (GEPLHS->getOperand(i) != GEPRHS->getOperand(i)) {
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00002353 if (GEPLHS->getOperand(i)->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() !=
2354 GEPRHS->getOperand(i)->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()) {
Chris Lattnerfc4429e2005-01-21 23:06:49 +00002355 // Irreconcilable differences.
Chris Lattner4fa89822005-01-14 00:20:05 +00002356 NumDifferences = 2;
2357 break;
2358 } else {
2359 if (NumDifferences++) break;
2360 DiffOperand = i;
2361 }
2362 }
2363
2364 if (NumDifferences == 0) // SAME GEP?
2365 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, // No comparison is needed here.
2366 ConstantBool::get(Cond == Instruction::SetEQ));
2367 else if (NumDifferences == 1) {
Chris Lattnerfc4429e2005-01-21 23:06:49 +00002368 Value *LHSV = GEPLHS->getOperand(DiffOperand);
2369 Value *RHSV = GEPRHS->getOperand(DiffOperand);
Chris Lattner247aef82005-07-18 23:07:33 +00002370
2371 // Convert the operands to signed values to make sure to perform a
2372 // signed comparison.
2373 const Type *NewTy = LHSV->getType()->getSignedVersion();
2374 if (LHSV->getType() != NewTy)
2375 LHSV = InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(LHSV, NewTy,
2376 LHSV->getName()), I);
2377 if (RHSV->getType() != NewTy)
2378 RHSV = InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(RHSV, NewTy,
2379 RHSV->getName()), I);
2380 return new SetCondInst(Cond, LHSV, RHSV);
Chris Lattner4fa89822005-01-14 00:20:05 +00002381 }
2382 }
2383
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002384 // Only lower this if the setcc is the only user of the GEP or if we expect
2385 // the result to fold to a constant!
2386 if ((isa<ConstantExpr>(GEPLHS) || GEPLHS->hasOneUse()) &&
2387 (isa<ConstantExpr>(GEPRHS) || GEPRHS->hasOneUse())) {
2388 // ((gep Ptr, OFFSET1) cmp (gep Ptr, OFFSET2) ---> (OFFSET1 cmp OFFSET2)
2389 Value *L = EmitGEPOffset(GEPLHS, I, *this);
2390 Value *R = EmitGEPOffset(GEPRHS, I, *this);
2391 return new SetCondInst(Cond, L, R);
2392 }
2393 }
2394 return 0;
2395}
2396
2397
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00002398Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSetCondInst(SetCondInst &I) {
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +00002399 bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002400 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
2401 const Type *Ty = Op0->getType();
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002402
2403 // setcc X, X
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002404 if (Op0 == Op1)
2405 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::get(isTrueWhenEqual(I)));
Chris Lattner1fc23f32002-05-09 20:11:54 +00002406
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00002407 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1)) // X setcc undef -> undef
2408 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, UndefValue::get(Type::BoolTy));
2409
Chris Lattner15ff1e12004-11-14 07:33:16 +00002410 // setcc <global/alloca*/null>, <global/alloca*/null> - Global/Stack value
2411 // addresses never equal each other! We already know that Op0 != Op1.
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002412 if ((isa<GlobalValue>(Op0) || isa<AllocaInst>(Op0) ||
2413 isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Op0)) &&
2414 (isa<GlobalValue>(Op1) || isa<AllocaInst>(Op1) ||
Chris Lattner15ff1e12004-11-14 07:33:16 +00002415 isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Op1)))
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002416 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::get(!isTrueWhenEqual(I)));
2417
2418 // setcc's with boolean values can always be turned into bitwise operations
2419 if (Ty == Type::BoolTy) {
Chris Lattner4456da62004-08-11 00:50:51 +00002420 switch (I.getOpcode()) {
2421 default: assert(0 && "Invalid setcc instruction!");
2422 case Instruction::SetEQ: { // seteq bool %A, %B -> ~(A^B)
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002423 Instruction *Xor = BinaryOperator::createXor(Op0, Op1, I.getName()+"tmp");
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002424 InsertNewInstBefore(Xor, I);
Chris Lattner16930792003-11-03 04:25:02 +00002425 return BinaryOperator::createNot(Xor);
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002426 }
Chris Lattner4456da62004-08-11 00:50:51 +00002427 case Instruction::SetNE:
2428 return BinaryOperator::createXor(Op0, Op1);
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002429
Chris Lattner4456da62004-08-11 00:50:51 +00002430 case Instruction::SetGT:
2431 std::swap(Op0, Op1); // Change setgt -> setlt
2432 // FALL THROUGH
2433 case Instruction::SetLT: { // setlt bool A, B -> ~X & Y
2434 Instruction *Not = BinaryOperator::createNot(Op0, I.getName()+"tmp");
2435 InsertNewInstBefore(Not, I);
2436 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Not, Op1);
2437 }
2438 case Instruction::SetGE:
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002439 std::swap(Op0, Op1); // Change setge -> setle
Chris Lattner4456da62004-08-11 00:50:51 +00002440 // FALL THROUGH
2441 case Instruction::SetLE: { // setle bool %A, %B -> ~A | B
2442 Instruction *Not = BinaryOperator::createNot(Op0, I.getName()+"tmp");
2443 InsertNewInstBefore(Not, I);
2444 return BinaryOperator::createOr(Not, Op1);
2445 }
2446 }
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002447 }
2448
Chris Lattner2dd01742004-06-09 04:24:29 +00002449 // See if we are doing a comparison between a constant and an instruction that
2450 // can be folded into the comparison.
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002451 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00002452 // Check to see if we are comparing against the minimum or maximum value...
2453 if (CI->isMinValue()) {
2454 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLT) // A < MIN -> FALSE
2455 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2456 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGE) // A >= MIN -> TRUE
2457 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
2458 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLE) // A <= MIN -> A == MIN
2459 return BinaryOperator::createSetEQ(Op0, Op1);
2460 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGT) // A > MIN -> A != MIN
2461 return BinaryOperator::createSetNE(Op0, Op1);
2462
2463 } else if (CI->isMaxValue()) {
2464 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGT) // A > MAX -> FALSE
2465 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2466 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLE) // A <= MAX -> TRUE
2467 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
2468 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGE) // A >= MAX -> A == MAX
2469 return BinaryOperator::createSetEQ(Op0, Op1);
2470 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLT) // A < MAX -> A != MAX
2471 return BinaryOperator::createSetNE(Op0, Op1);
2472
2473 // Comparing against a value really close to min or max?
2474 } else if (isMinValuePlusOne(CI)) {
2475 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLT) // A < MIN+1 -> A == MIN
2476 return BinaryOperator::createSetEQ(Op0, SubOne(CI));
2477 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGE) // A >= MIN-1 -> A != MIN
2478 return BinaryOperator::createSetNE(Op0, SubOne(CI));
2479
2480 } else if (isMaxValueMinusOne(CI)) {
2481 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGT) // A > MAX-1 -> A == MAX
2482 return BinaryOperator::createSetEQ(Op0, AddOne(CI));
2483 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLE) // A <= MAX-1 -> A != MAX
2484 return BinaryOperator::createSetNE(Op0, AddOne(CI));
2485 }
2486
2487 // If we still have a setle or setge instruction, turn it into the
2488 // appropriate setlt or setgt instruction. Since the border cases have
2489 // already been handled above, this requires little checking.
2490 //
2491 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLE)
2492 return BinaryOperator::createSetLT(Op0, AddOne(CI));
2493 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGE)
2494 return BinaryOperator::createSetGT(Op0, SubOne(CI));
2495
Chris Lattnere1e10e12004-05-25 06:32:08 +00002496 if (Instruction *LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op0))
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002497 switch (LHSI->getOpcode()) {
2498 case Instruction::And:
2499 if (LHSI->hasOneUse() && isa<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1)) &&
2500 LHSI->getOperand(0)->hasOneUse()) {
2501 // If this is: (X >> C1) & C2 != C3 (where any shift and any compare
2502 // could exist), turn it into (X & (C2 << C1)) != (C3 << C1). This
2503 // happens a LOT in code produced by the C front-end, for bitfield
2504 // access.
2505 ShiftInst *Shift = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(LHSI->getOperand(0));
2506 ConstantUInt *ShAmt;
2507 ShAmt = Shift ? dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(Shift->getOperand(1)) : 0;
2508 ConstantInt *AndCST = cast<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1));
2509 const Type *Ty = LHSI->getType();
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002510
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002511 // We can fold this as long as we can't shift unknown bits
2512 // into the mask. This can only happen with signed shift
2513 // rights, as they sign-extend.
2514 if (ShAmt) {
2515 bool CanFold = Shift->getOpcode() != Instruction::Shr ||
Chris Lattner6afc02f2004-09-28 17:54:07 +00002516 Shift->getType()->isUnsigned();
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002517 if (!CanFold) {
2518 // To test for the bad case of the signed shr, see if any
2519 // of the bits shifted in could be tested after the mask.
Chris Lattnerc53cb9d2005-06-17 01:29:28 +00002520 int ShAmtVal = Ty->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()-ShAmt->getValue();
2521 if (ShAmtVal < 0) ShAmtVal = 0; // Out of range shift.
2522
2523 Constant *OShAmt = ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, ShAmtVal);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002524 Constant *ShVal =
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002525 ConstantExpr::getShl(ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(Ty), OShAmt);
2526 if (ConstantExpr::getAnd(ShVal, AndCST)->isNullValue())
2527 CanFold = true;
2528 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002529
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002530 if (CanFold) {
Chris Lattner6afc02f2004-09-28 17:54:07 +00002531 Constant *NewCst;
2532 if (Shift->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl)
2533 NewCst = ConstantExpr::getUShr(CI, ShAmt);
2534 else
2535 NewCst = ConstantExpr::getShl(CI, ShAmt);
Chris Lattnerbfff18a2004-09-27 19:29:18 +00002536
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002537 // Check to see if we are shifting out any of the bits being
2538 // compared.
2539 if (ConstantExpr::get(Shift->getOpcode(), NewCst, ShAmt) != CI){
2540 // If we shifted bits out, the fold is not going to work out.
2541 // As a special case, check to see if this means that the
2542 // result is always true or false now.
2543 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ)
2544 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2545 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE)
2546 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
2547 } else {
2548 I.setOperand(1, NewCst);
Chris Lattner6afc02f2004-09-28 17:54:07 +00002549 Constant *NewAndCST;
2550 if (Shift->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl)
2551 NewAndCST = ConstantExpr::getUShr(AndCST, ShAmt);
2552 else
2553 NewAndCST = ConstantExpr::getShl(AndCST, ShAmt);
2554 LHSI->setOperand(1, NewAndCST);
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002555 LHSI->setOperand(0, Shift->getOperand(0));
2556 WorkList.push_back(Shift); // Shift is dead.
2557 AddUsesToWorkList(I);
2558 return &I;
Chris Lattner1638de42004-07-21 19:50:44 +00002559 }
2560 }
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00002561 }
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002562 }
2563 break;
Chris Lattnerbfff18a2004-09-27 19:29:18 +00002564
Chris Lattner272d5ca2004-09-28 18:22:15 +00002565 case Instruction::Shl: // (setcc (shl X, ShAmt), CI)
2566 if (ConstantUInt *ShAmt = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1))) {
2567 switch (I.getOpcode()) {
2568 default: break;
2569 case Instruction::SetEQ:
2570 case Instruction::SetNE: {
Chris Lattner19b57f52005-06-15 20:53:31 +00002571 unsigned TypeBits = CI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
2572
2573 // Check that the shift amount is in range. If not, don't perform
2574 // undefined shifts. When the shift is visited it will be
2575 // simplified.
2576 if (ShAmt->getValue() >= TypeBits)
2577 break;
2578
Chris Lattner272d5ca2004-09-28 18:22:15 +00002579 // If we are comparing against bits always shifted out, the
2580 // comparison cannot succeed.
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002581 Constant *Comp =
Chris Lattner272d5ca2004-09-28 18:22:15 +00002582 ConstantExpr::getShl(ConstantExpr::getShr(CI, ShAmt), ShAmt);
2583 if (Comp != CI) {// Comparing against a bit that we know is zero.
2584 bool IsSetNE = I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE;
2585 Constant *Cst = ConstantBool::get(IsSetNE);
2586 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Cst);
2587 }
2588
2589 if (LHSI->hasOneUse()) {
2590 // Otherwise strength reduce the shift into an and.
Chris Lattnerfdfe3e492005-01-08 19:42:22 +00002591 unsigned ShAmtVal = (unsigned)ShAmt->getValue();
Chris Lattner272d5ca2004-09-28 18:22:15 +00002592 uint64_t Val = (1ULL << (TypeBits-ShAmtVal))-1;
2593
2594 Constant *Mask;
2595 if (CI->getType()->isUnsigned()) {
2596 Mask = ConstantUInt::get(CI->getType(), Val);
2597 } else if (ShAmtVal != 0) {
2598 Mask = ConstantSInt::get(CI->getType(), Val);
2599 } else {
2600 Mask = ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(CI->getType());
2601 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002602
Chris Lattner272d5ca2004-09-28 18:22:15 +00002603 Instruction *AndI =
2604 BinaryOperator::createAnd(LHSI->getOperand(0),
2605 Mask, LHSI->getName()+".mask");
2606 Value *And = InsertNewInstBefore(AndI, I);
2607 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), And,
2608 ConstantExpr::getUShr(CI, ShAmt));
2609 }
2610 }
2611 }
2612 }
2613 break;
2614
Chris Lattnerbfff18a2004-09-27 19:29:18 +00002615 case Instruction::Shr: // (setcc (shr X, ShAmt), CI)
Chris Lattner1023b872004-09-27 16:18:50 +00002616 if (ConstantUInt *ShAmt = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattner1023b872004-09-27 16:18:50 +00002617 switch (I.getOpcode()) {
2618 default: break;
2619 case Instruction::SetEQ:
2620 case Instruction::SetNE: {
Chris Lattner19b57f52005-06-15 20:53:31 +00002621
2622 // Check that the shift amount is in range. If not, don't perform
2623 // undefined shifts. When the shift is visited it will be
2624 // simplified.
Chris Lattner104002b2005-06-16 01:52:07 +00002625 unsigned TypeBits = CI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
Chris Lattner19b57f52005-06-15 20:53:31 +00002626 if (ShAmt->getValue() >= TypeBits)
2627 break;
2628
Chris Lattner1023b872004-09-27 16:18:50 +00002629 // If we are comparing against bits always shifted out, the
2630 // comparison cannot succeed.
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002631 Constant *Comp =
Chris Lattner1023b872004-09-27 16:18:50 +00002632 ConstantExpr::getShr(ConstantExpr::getShl(CI, ShAmt), ShAmt);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002633
Chris Lattner1023b872004-09-27 16:18:50 +00002634 if (Comp != CI) {// Comparing against a bit that we know is zero.
2635 bool IsSetNE = I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE;
2636 Constant *Cst = ConstantBool::get(IsSetNE);
2637 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Cst);
2638 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002639
Chris Lattner1023b872004-09-27 16:18:50 +00002640 if (LHSI->hasOneUse() || CI->isNullValue()) {
Chris Lattnerfdfe3e492005-01-08 19:42:22 +00002641 unsigned ShAmtVal = (unsigned)ShAmt->getValue();
Chris Lattner272d5ca2004-09-28 18:22:15 +00002642
Chris Lattner1023b872004-09-27 16:18:50 +00002643 // Otherwise strength reduce the shift into an and.
2644 uint64_t Val = ~0ULL; // All ones.
2645 Val <<= ShAmtVal; // Shift over to the right spot.
2646
2647 Constant *Mask;
2648 if (CI->getType()->isUnsigned()) {
Chris Lattner2f1457f2005-04-24 17:46:05 +00002649 Val &= ~0ULL >> (64-TypeBits);
Chris Lattner1023b872004-09-27 16:18:50 +00002650 Mask = ConstantUInt::get(CI->getType(), Val);
2651 } else {
2652 Mask = ConstantSInt::get(CI->getType(), Val);
2653 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002654
Chris Lattner1023b872004-09-27 16:18:50 +00002655 Instruction *AndI =
2656 BinaryOperator::createAnd(LHSI->getOperand(0),
2657 Mask, LHSI->getName()+".mask");
2658 Value *And = InsertNewInstBefore(AndI, I);
2659 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), And,
2660 ConstantExpr::getShl(CI, ShAmt));
2661 }
2662 break;
2663 }
2664 }
2665 }
2666 break;
Chris Lattner7e794272004-09-24 15:21:34 +00002667
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00002668 case Instruction::Div:
2669 // Fold: (div X, C1) op C2 -> range check
2670 if (ConstantInt *DivRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1))) {
2671 // Fold this div into the comparison, producing a range check.
2672 // Determine, based on the divide type, what the range is being
2673 // checked. If there is an overflow on the low or high side, remember
2674 // it, otherwise compute the range [low, hi) bounding the new value.
2675 bool LoOverflow = false, HiOverflow = 0;
2676 ConstantInt *LoBound = 0, *HiBound = 0;
2677
2678 ConstantInt *Prod;
2679 bool ProdOV = MulWithOverflow(Prod, CI, DivRHS);
2680
Chris Lattnera92af962004-10-11 19:40:04 +00002681 Instruction::BinaryOps Opcode = I.getOpcode();
2682
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00002683 if (DivRHS->isNullValue()) { // Don't hack on divide by zeros.
2684 } else if (LHSI->getType()->isUnsigned()) { // udiv
2685 LoBound = Prod;
2686 LoOverflow = ProdOV;
2687 HiOverflow = ProdOV || AddWithOverflow(HiBound, LoBound, DivRHS);
2688 } else if (isPositive(DivRHS)) { // Divisor is > 0.
2689 if (CI->isNullValue()) { // (X / pos) op 0
2690 // Can't overflow.
2691 LoBound = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getNeg(SubOne(DivRHS)));
2692 HiBound = DivRHS;
2693 } else if (isPositive(CI)) { // (X / pos) op pos
2694 LoBound = Prod;
2695 LoOverflow = ProdOV;
2696 HiOverflow = ProdOV || AddWithOverflow(HiBound, Prod, DivRHS);
2697 } else { // (X / pos) op neg
2698 Constant *DivRHSH = ConstantExpr::getNeg(SubOne(DivRHS));
2699 LoOverflow = AddWithOverflow(LoBound, Prod,
2700 cast<ConstantInt>(DivRHSH));
2701 HiBound = Prod;
2702 HiOverflow = ProdOV;
2703 }
2704 } else { // Divisor is < 0.
2705 if (CI->isNullValue()) { // (X / neg) op 0
2706 LoBound = AddOne(DivRHS);
2707 HiBound = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getNeg(DivRHS));
Chris Lattner73bcba52005-06-17 02:05:55 +00002708 if (HiBound == DivRHS)
2709 LoBound = 0; // - INTMIN = INTMIN
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00002710 } else if (isPositive(CI)) { // (X / neg) op pos
2711 HiOverflow = LoOverflow = ProdOV;
2712 if (!LoOverflow)
2713 LoOverflow = AddWithOverflow(LoBound, Prod, AddOne(DivRHS));
2714 HiBound = AddOne(Prod);
2715 } else { // (X / neg) op neg
2716 LoBound = Prod;
2717 LoOverflow = HiOverflow = ProdOV;
2718 HiBound = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getSub(Prod, DivRHS));
2719 }
Chris Lattner0b41e862004-10-08 19:15:44 +00002720
Chris Lattnera92af962004-10-11 19:40:04 +00002721 // Dividing by a negate swaps the condition.
2722 Opcode = SetCondInst::getSwappedCondition(Opcode);
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00002723 }
2724
2725 if (LoBound) {
2726 Value *X = LHSI->getOperand(0);
Chris Lattnera92af962004-10-11 19:40:04 +00002727 switch (Opcode) {
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00002728 default: assert(0 && "Unhandled setcc opcode!");
2729 case Instruction::SetEQ:
2730 if (LoOverflow && HiOverflow)
2731 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2732 else if (HiOverflow)
2733 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGE, X, LoBound);
2734 else if (LoOverflow)
2735 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, X, HiBound);
2736 else
2737 return InsertRangeTest(X, LoBound, HiBound, true, I);
2738 case Instruction::SetNE:
2739 if (LoOverflow && HiOverflow)
2740 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
2741 else if (HiOverflow)
2742 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, X, LoBound);
2743 else if (LoOverflow)
2744 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGE, X, HiBound);
2745 else
2746 return InsertRangeTest(X, LoBound, HiBound, false, I);
2747 case Instruction::SetLT:
2748 if (LoOverflow)
2749 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2750 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, X, LoBound);
2751 case Instruction::SetGT:
2752 if (HiOverflow)
2753 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2754 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGE, X, HiBound);
2755 }
2756 }
2757 }
2758 break;
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002759 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002760
Chris Lattnerd492a0b2003-07-23 17:02:11 +00002761 // Simplify seteq and setne instructions...
2762 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ ||
2763 I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE) {
2764 bool isSetNE = I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE;
2765
Chris Lattnercfbce7c2003-07-23 17:26:36 +00002766 // If the first operand is (and|or|xor) with a constant, and the second
Chris Lattnerd492a0b2003-07-23 17:02:11 +00002767 // operand is a constant, simplify a bit.
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002768 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0)) {
2769 switch (BO->getOpcode()) {
Chris Lattner23b47b62004-07-06 07:38:18 +00002770 case Instruction::Rem:
2771 // If we have a signed (X % (2^c)) == 0, turn it into an unsigned one.
2772 if (CI->isNullValue() && isa<ConstantSInt>(BO->getOperand(1)) &&
2773 BO->hasOneUse() &&
2774 cast<ConstantSInt>(BO->getOperand(1))->getValue() > 1)
2775 if (unsigned L2 =
2776 Log2(cast<ConstantSInt>(BO->getOperand(1))->getValue())) {
2777 const Type *UTy = BO->getType()->getUnsignedVersion();
2778 Value *NewX = InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(BO->getOperand(0),
2779 UTy, "tmp"), I);
2780 Constant *RHSCst = ConstantUInt::get(UTy, 1ULL << L2);
2781 Value *NewRem =InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createRem(NewX,
2782 RHSCst, BO->getName()), I);
2783 return BinaryOperator::create(I.getOpcode(), NewRem,
2784 Constant::getNullValue(UTy));
2785 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002786 break;
Chris Lattner23b47b62004-07-06 07:38:18 +00002787
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002788 case Instruction::Add:
Chris Lattner6e079362004-06-27 22:51:36 +00002789 // Replace ((add A, B) != C) with (A != C-B) if B & C are constants.
2790 if (ConstantInt *BOp1C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattnerb121ae12004-09-21 21:35:23 +00002791 if (BO->hasOneUse())
2792 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), BO->getOperand(0),
2793 ConstantExpr::getSub(CI, BOp1C));
Chris Lattner6e079362004-06-27 22:51:36 +00002794 } else if (CI->isNullValue()) {
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002795 // Replace ((add A, B) != 0) with (A != -B) if A or B is
2796 // efficiently invertible, or if the add has just this one use.
2797 Value *BOp0 = BO->getOperand(0), *BOp1 = BO->getOperand(1);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002798
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002799 if (Value *NegVal = dyn_castNegVal(BOp1))
2800 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), BOp0, NegVal);
2801 else if (Value *NegVal = dyn_castNegVal(BOp0))
2802 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), NegVal, BOp1);
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +00002803 else if (BO->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002804 Instruction *Neg = BinaryOperator::createNeg(BOp1, BO->getName());
2805 BO->setName("");
2806 InsertNewInstBefore(Neg, I);
2807 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), BOp0, Neg);
2808 }
2809 }
2810 break;
2811 case Instruction::Xor:
2812 // For the xor case, we can xor two constants together, eliminating
2813 // the explicit xor.
2814 if (Constant *BOC = dyn_cast<Constant>(BO->getOperand(1)))
2815 return BinaryOperator::create(I.getOpcode(), BO->getOperand(0),
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002816 ConstantExpr::getXor(CI, BOC));
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002817
2818 // FALLTHROUGH
2819 case Instruction::Sub:
2820 // Replace (([sub|xor] A, B) != 0) with (A != B)
2821 if (CI->isNullValue())
2822 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), BO->getOperand(0),
2823 BO->getOperand(1));
2824 break;
2825
2826 case Instruction::Or:
2827 // If bits are being or'd in that are not present in the constant we
2828 // are comparing against, then the comparison could never succeed!
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00002829 if (Constant *BOC = dyn_cast<Constant>(BO->getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattnerc8e7e292004-06-10 02:12:35 +00002830 Constant *NotCI = ConstantExpr::getNot(CI);
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002831 if (!ConstantExpr::getAnd(BOC, NotCI)->isNullValue())
Chris Lattnerd492a0b2003-07-23 17:02:11 +00002832 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::get(isSetNE));
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00002833 }
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002834 break;
2835
2836 case Instruction::And:
2837 if (ConstantInt *BOC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattnerd492a0b2003-07-23 17:02:11 +00002838 // If bits are being compared against that are and'd out, then the
2839 // comparison can never succeed!
Chris Lattnerc8e7e292004-06-10 02:12:35 +00002840 if (!ConstantExpr::getAnd(CI,
2841 ConstantExpr::getNot(BOC))->isNullValue())
Chris Lattnerd492a0b2003-07-23 17:02:11 +00002842 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::get(isSetNE));
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002843
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00002844 // If we have ((X & C) == C), turn it into ((X & C) != 0).
Chris Lattneree59d4b2004-06-10 02:33:20 +00002845 if (CI == BOC && isOneBitSet(CI))
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00002846 return new SetCondInst(isSetNE ? Instruction::SetEQ :
2847 Instruction::SetNE, Op0,
2848 Constant::getNullValue(CI->getType()));
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00002849
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002850 // Replace (and X, (1 << size(X)-1) != 0) with x < 0, converting X
2851 // to be a signed value as appropriate.
2852 if (isSignBit(BOC)) {
2853 Value *X = BO->getOperand(0);
2854 // If 'X' is not signed, insert a cast now...
2855 if (!BOC->getType()->isSigned()) {
Chris Lattner97bfcea2004-06-17 18:16:02 +00002856 const Type *DestTy = BOC->getType()->getSignedVersion();
Chris Lattnerbfff18a2004-09-27 19:29:18 +00002857 X = InsertCastBefore(X, DestTy, I);
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002858 }
2859 return new SetCondInst(isSetNE ? Instruction::SetLT :
2860 Instruction::SetGE, X,
2861 Constant::getNullValue(X->getType()));
2862 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002863
Chris Lattnerbfff18a2004-09-27 19:29:18 +00002864 // ((X & ~7) == 0) --> X < 8
Chris Lattner8fc5af42004-09-23 21:46:38 +00002865 if (CI->isNullValue() && isHighOnes(BOC)) {
2866 Value *X = BO->getOperand(0);
Chris Lattnerbfff18a2004-09-27 19:29:18 +00002867 Constant *NegX = ConstantExpr::getNeg(BOC);
Chris Lattner8fc5af42004-09-23 21:46:38 +00002868
2869 // If 'X' is signed, insert a cast now.
Chris Lattnerbfff18a2004-09-27 19:29:18 +00002870 if (NegX->getType()->isSigned()) {
2871 const Type *DestTy = NegX->getType()->getUnsignedVersion();
2872 X = InsertCastBefore(X, DestTy, I);
2873 NegX = ConstantExpr::getCast(NegX, DestTy);
Chris Lattner8fc5af42004-09-23 21:46:38 +00002874 }
2875
2876 return new SetCondInst(isSetNE ? Instruction::SetGE :
Chris Lattnerbfff18a2004-09-27 19:29:18 +00002877 Instruction::SetLT, X, NegX);
Chris Lattner8fc5af42004-09-23 21:46:38 +00002878 }
2879
Chris Lattnerd492a0b2003-07-23 17:02:11 +00002880 }
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002881 default: break;
2882 }
2883 }
Chris Lattner2b55ea32004-02-23 07:16:20 +00002884 } else { // Not a SetEQ/SetNE
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002885 // If the LHS is a cast from an integral value of the same size,
Chris Lattner2b55ea32004-02-23 07:16:20 +00002886 if (CastInst *Cast = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0)) {
2887 Value *CastOp = Cast->getOperand(0);
2888 const Type *SrcTy = CastOp->getType();
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00002889 unsigned SrcTySize = SrcTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
Chris Lattner2b55ea32004-02-23 07:16:20 +00002890 if (SrcTy != Cast->getType() && SrcTy->isInteger() &&
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00002891 SrcTySize == Cast->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()) {
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002892 assert((SrcTy->isSigned() ^ Cast->getType()->isSigned()) &&
Chris Lattner2b55ea32004-02-23 07:16:20 +00002893 "Source and destination signednesses should differ!");
2894 if (Cast->getType()->isSigned()) {
2895 // If this is a signed comparison, check for comparisons in the
2896 // vicinity of zero.
2897 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLT && CI->isNullValue())
2898 // X < 0 => x > 127
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002899 return BinaryOperator::createSetGT(CastOp,
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00002900 ConstantUInt::get(SrcTy, (1ULL << (SrcTySize-1))-1));
Chris Lattner2b55ea32004-02-23 07:16:20 +00002901 else if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGT &&
2902 cast<ConstantSInt>(CI)->getValue() == -1)
2903 // X > -1 => x < 128
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002904 return BinaryOperator::createSetLT(CastOp,
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00002905 ConstantUInt::get(SrcTy, 1ULL << (SrcTySize-1)));
Chris Lattner2b55ea32004-02-23 07:16:20 +00002906 } else {
2907 ConstantUInt *CUI = cast<ConstantUInt>(CI);
2908 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLT &&
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00002909 CUI->getValue() == 1ULL << (SrcTySize-1))
Chris Lattner2b55ea32004-02-23 07:16:20 +00002910 // X < 128 => X > -1
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002911 return BinaryOperator::createSetGT(CastOp,
2912 ConstantSInt::get(SrcTy, -1));
Chris Lattner2b55ea32004-02-23 07:16:20 +00002913 else if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGT &&
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00002914 CUI->getValue() == (1ULL << (SrcTySize-1))-1)
Chris Lattner2b55ea32004-02-23 07:16:20 +00002915 // X > 127 => X < 0
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002916 return BinaryOperator::createSetLT(CastOp,
2917 Constant::getNullValue(SrcTy));
Chris Lattner2b55ea32004-02-23 07:16:20 +00002918 }
2919 }
2920 }
Chris Lattnere967b342003-06-04 05:10:11 +00002921 }
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002922 }
2923
Chris Lattner77c32c32005-04-23 15:31:55 +00002924 // Handle setcc with constant RHS's that can be integer, FP or pointer.
2925 if (Constant *RHSC = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op1)) {
2926 if (Instruction *LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op0))
2927 switch (LHSI->getOpcode()) {
Chris Lattnera816eee2005-05-01 04:42:15 +00002928 case Instruction::GetElementPtr:
2929 if (RHSC->isNullValue()) {
2930 // Transform setcc GEP P, int 0, int 0, int 0, null -> setcc P, null
2931 bool isAllZeros = true;
2932 for (unsigned i = 1, e = LHSI->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
2933 if (!isa<Constant>(LHSI->getOperand(i)) ||
2934 !cast<Constant>(LHSI->getOperand(i))->isNullValue()) {
2935 isAllZeros = false;
2936 break;
2937 }
2938 if (isAllZeros)
2939 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), LHSI->getOperand(0),
2940 Constant::getNullValue(LHSI->getOperand(0)->getType()));
2941 }
2942 break;
2943
Chris Lattner77c32c32005-04-23 15:31:55 +00002944 case Instruction::PHI:
2945 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
2946 return NV;
2947 break;
2948 case Instruction::Select:
2949 // If either operand of the select is a constant, we can fold the
2950 // comparison into the select arms, which will cause one to be
2951 // constant folded and the select turned into a bitwise or.
2952 Value *Op1 = 0, *Op2 = 0;
2953 if (LHSI->hasOneUse()) {
2954 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(LHSI->getOperand(1))) {
2955 // Fold the known value into the constant operand.
2956 Op1 = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), C, RHSC);
2957 // Insert a new SetCC of the other select operand.
2958 Op2 = InsertNewInstBefore(new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(),
2959 LHSI->getOperand(2), RHSC,
2960 I.getName()), I);
2961 } else if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(LHSI->getOperand(2))) {
2962 // Fold the known value into the constant operand.
2963 Op2 = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), C, RHSC);
2964 // Insert a new SetCC of the other select operand.
2965 Op1 = InsertNewInstBefore(new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(),
2966 LHSI->getOperand(1), RHSC,
2967 I.getName()), I);
2968 }
2969 }
Jeff Cohen82639852005-04-23 21:38:35 +00002970
Chris Lattner77c32c32005-04-23 15:31:55 +00002971 if (Op1)
2972 return new SelectInst(LHSI->getOperand(0), Op1, Op2);
2973 break;
2974 }
2975 }
2976
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002977 // If we can optimize a 'setcc GEP, P' or 'setcc P, GEP', do so now.
2978 if (User *GEP = dyn_castGetElementPtr(Op0))
2979 if (Instruction *NI = FoldGEPSetCC(GEP, Op1, I.getOpcode(), I))
2980 return NI;
2981 if (User *GEP = dyn_castGetElementPtr(Op1))
2982 if (Instruction *NI = FoldGEPSetCC(GEP, Op0,
2983 SetCondInst::getSwappedCondition(I.getOpcode()), I))
2984 return NI;
2985
Chris Lattner16930792003-11-03 04:25:02 +00002986 // Test to see if the operands of the setcc are casted versions of other
2987 // values. If the cast can be stripped off both arguments, we do so now.
Chris Lattner6444c372003-11-03 05:17:03 +00002988 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0)) {
2989 Value *CastOp0 = CI->getOperand(0);
2990 if (CastOp0->getType()->isLosslesslyConvertibleTo(CI->getType()) &&
Chris Lattner7d2a5392004-03-13 23:54:27 +00002991 (isa<Constant>(Op1) || isa<CastInst>(Op1)) &&
Chris Lattner16930792003-11-03 04:25:02 +00002992 (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ ||
2993 I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE)) {
2994 // We keep moving the cast from the left operand over to the right
2995 // operand, where it can often be eliminated completely.
Chris Lattner6444c372003-11-03 05:17:03 +00002996 Op0 = CastOp0;
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002997
Chris Lattner16930792003-11-03 04:25:02 +00002998 // If operand #1 is a cast instruction, see if we can eliminate it as
2999 // well.
Chris Lattner6444c372003-11-03 05:17:03 +00003000 if (CastInst *CI2 = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op1))
3001 if (CI2->getOperand(0)->getType()->isLosslesslyConvertibleTo(
Chris Lattner16930792003-11-03 04:25:02 +00003002 Op0->getType()))
Chris Lattner6444c372003-11-03 05:17:03 +00003003 Op1 = CI2->getOperand(0);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003004
Chris Lattner16930792003-11-03 04:25:02 +00003005 // If Op1 is a constant, we can fold the cast into the constant.
3006 if (Op1->getType() != Op0->getType())
3007 if (Constant *Op1C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op1)) {
3008 Op1 = ConstantExpr::getCast(Op1C, Op0->getType());
3009 } else {
3010 // Otherwise, cast the RHS right before the setcc
3011 Op1 = new CastInst(Op1, Op0->getType(), Op1->getName());
3012 InsertNewInstBefore(cast<Instruction>(Op1), I);
3013 }
3014 return BinaryOperator::create(I.getOpcode(), Op0, Op1);
3015 }
3016
Chris Lattner6444c372003-11-03 05:17:03 +00003017 // Handle the special case of: setcc (cast bool to X), <cst>
3018 // This comes up when you have code like
3019 // int X = A < B;
3020 // if (X) ...
3021 // For generality, we handle any zero-extension of any operand comparison
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00003022 // with a constant or another cast from the same type.
3023 if (isa<ConstantInt>(Op1) || isa<CastInst>(Op1))
3024 if (Instruction *R = visitSetCondInstWithCastAndCast(I))
3025 return R;
Chris Lattner6444c372003-11-03 05:17:03 +00003026 }
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00003027 return Changed ? &I : 0;
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003028}
3029
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00003030// visitSetCondInstWithCastAndCast - Handle setcond (cast x to y), (cast/cst).
3031// We only handle extending casts so far.
3032//
3033Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSetCondInstWithCastAndCast(SetCondInst &SCI) {
3034 Value *LHSCIOp = cast<CastInst>(SCI.getOperand(0))->getOperand(0);
3035 const Type *SrcTy = LHSCIOp->getType();
3036 const Type *DestTy = SCI.getOperand(0)->getType();
3037 Value *RHSCIOp;
3038
3039 if (!DestTy->isIntegral() || !SrcTy->isIntegral())
Chris Lattner03f06f12005-01-17 03:20:02 +00003040 return 0;
3041
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00003042 unsigned SrcBits = SrcTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
3043 unsigned DestBits = DestTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
3044 if (SrcBits >= DestBits) return 0; // Only handle extending cast.
3045
3046 // Is this a sign or zero extension?
3047 bool isSignSrc = SrcTy->isSigned();
3048 bool isSignDest = DestTy->isSigned();
3049
3050 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(SCI.getOperand(1))) {
3051 // Not an extension from the same type?
3052 RHSCIOp = CI->getOperand(0);
3053 if (RHSCIOp->getType() != LHSCIOp->getType()) return 0;
3054 } else if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(SCI.getOperand(1))) {
3055 // Compute the constant that would happen if we truncated to SrcTy then
3056 // reextended to DestTy.
3057 Constant *Res = ConstantExpr::getCast(CI, SrcTy);
3058
3059 if (ConstantExpr::getCast(Res, DestTy) == CI) {
3060 RHSCIOp = Res;
3061 } else {
3062 // If the value cannot be represented in the shorter type, we cannot emit
3063 // a simple comparison.
3064 if (SCI.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ)
3065 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SCI, ConstantBool::False);
3066 if (SCI.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE)
3067 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SCI, ConstantBool::True);
3068
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00003069 // Evaluate the comparison for LT.
3070 Value *Result;
3071 if (DestTy->isSigned()) {
3072 // We're performing a signed comparison.
3073 if (isSignSrc) {
3074 // Signed extend and signed comparison.
3075 if (cast<ConstantSInt>(CI)->getValue() < 0) // X < (small) --> false
3076 Result = ConstantBool::False;
3077 else
3078 Result = ConstantBool::True; // X < (large) --> true
3079 } else {
3080 // Unsigned extend and signed comparison.
3081 if (cast<ConstantSInt>(CI)->getValue() < 0)
3082 Result = ConstantBool::False;
3083 else
3084 Result = ConstantBool::True;
3085 }
3086 } else {
3087 // We're performing an unsigned comparison.
3088 if (!isSignSrc) {
3089 // Unsigned extend & compare -> always true.
3090 Result = ConstantBool::True;
3091 } else {
3092 // We're performing an unsigned comp with a sign extended value.
3093 // This is true if the input is >= 0. [aka >s -1]
3094 Constant *NegOne = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(SrcTy);
3095 Result = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createSetGT(LHSCIOp,
3096 NegOne, SCI.getName()), SCI);
3097 }
Reid Spencer279fa252004-11-28 21:31:15 +00003098 }
Chris Lattner03f06f12005-01-17 03:20:02 +00003099
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00003100 // Finally, return the value computed.
3101 if (SCI.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLT) {
3102 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SCI, Result);
3103 } else {
3104 assert(SCI.getOpcode()==Instruction::SetGT &&"SetCC should be folded!");
3105 if (Constant *CI = dyn_cast<Constant>(Result))
3106 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SCI, ConstantExpr::getNot(CI));
3107 else
3108 return BinaryOperator::createNot(Result);
3109 }
Chris Lattner03f06f12005-01-17 03:20:02 +00003110 }
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00003111 } else {
3112 return 0;
Reid Spencer279fa252004-11-28 21:31:15 +00003113 }
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003114
Chris Lattner252a8452005-06-16 03:00:08 +00003115 // Okay, just insert a compare of the reduced operands now!
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00003116 return BinaryOperator::create(SCI.getOpcode(), LHSCIOp, RHSCIOp);
3117}
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003118
Chris Lattnere8d6c602003-03-10 19:16:08 +00003119Instruction *InstCombiner::visitShiftInst(ShiftInst &I) {
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00003120 assert(I.getOperand(1)->getType() == Type::UByteTy);
3121 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003122 bool isLeftShift = I.getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl;
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003123
3124 // shl X, 0 == X and shr X, 0 == X
3125 // shl 0, X == 0 and shr 0, X == 0
3126 if (Op1 == Constant::getNullValue(Type::UByteTy) ||
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00003127 Op0 == Constant::getNullValue(Op0->getType()))
3128 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003129
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00003130 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op0)) { // undef >>s X -> undef
3131 if (!isLeftShift && I.getType()->isSigned())
Chris Lattner67f05452004-10-16 23:28:04 +00003132 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00003133 else // undef << X -> 0 AND undef >>u X -> 0
3134 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
3135 }
3136 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1)) {
3137 if (isLeftShift || I.getType()->isUnsigned())
3138 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
3139 else
3140 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0); // X >>s undef -> X
3141 }
3142
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003143 // shr int -1, X = -1 (for any arithmetic shift rights of ~0)
3144 if (!isLeftShift)
3145 if (ConstantSInt *CSI = dyn_cast<ConstantSInt>(Op0))
3146 if (CSI->isAllOnesValue())
3147 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, CSI);
3148
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00003149 // Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
3150 if (isa<Constant>(Op0))
3151 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op1))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003152 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00003153 return R;
3154
Chris Lattnerb18dbbf2005-05-08 17:34:56 +00003155 // See if we can turn a signed shr into an unsigned shr.
3156 if (!isLeftShift && I.getType()->isSigned()) {
3157 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0, ConstantInt::getMinValue(I.getType()))) {
3158 Value *V = InsertCastBefore(Op0, I.getType()->getUnsignedVersion(), I);
3159 V = InsertNewInstBefore(new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shr, V, Op1,
3160 I.getName()), I);
3161 return new CastInst(V, I.getType());
3162 }
3163 }
3164
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003165 if (ConstantUInt *CUI = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner3204d4e2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003166 // shl uint X, 32 = 0 and shr ubyte Y, 9 = 0, ... just don't eliminate shr
3167 // of a signed value.
3168 //
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00003169 unsigned TypeBits = Op0->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
Chris Lattnerf5ce2542004-02-23 20:30:06 +00003170 if (CUI->getValue() >= TypeBits) {
3171 if (!Op0->getType()->isSigned() || isLeftShift)
3172 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(Op0->getType()));
3173 else {
3174 I.setOperand(1, ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, TypeBits-1));
3175 return &I;
3176 }
3177 }
Chris Lattner55f3d942002-09-10 23:04:09 +00003178
Chris Lattnerede3fe02003-08-13 04:18:28 +00003179 // ((X*C1) << C2) == (X * (C1 << C2))
3180 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0))
3181 if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::Mul && isLeftShift)
3182 if (Constant *BOOp = dyn_cast<Constant>(BO->getOperand(1)))
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003183 return BinaryOperator::createMul(BO->getOperand(0),
3184 ConstantExpr::getShl(BOOp, CUI));
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003185
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00003186 // Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
3187 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003188 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00003189 return R;
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +00003190 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
3191 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
3192 return NV;
Chris Lattnerede3fe02003-08-13 04:18:28 +00003193
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003194 if (Op0->hasOneUse()) {
3195 // If this is a SHL of a sign-extending cast, see if we can turn the input
3196 // into a zero extending cast (a simple strength reduction).
3197 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0)) {
3198 const Type *SrcTy = CI->getOperand(0)->getType();
3199 if (isLeftShift && SrcTy->isInteger() && SrcTy->isSigned() &&
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00003200 SrcTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() <
3201 CI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()) {
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003202 // We can change it to a zero extension if we are shifting out all of
3203 // the sign extended bits. To check this, form a mask of all of the
3204 // sign extend bits, then shift them left and see if we have anything
3205 // left.
3206 Constant *Mask = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(SrcTy); // 1111
3207 Mask = ConstantExpr::getZeroExtend(Mask, CI->getType()); // 00001111
3208 Mask = ConstantExpr::getNot(Mask); // 1's in the sign bits: 11110000
3209 if (ConstantExpr::getShl(Mask, CUI)->isNullValue()) {
3210 // If the shift is nuking all of the sign bits, change this to a
3211 // zero extension cast. To do this, cast the cast input to
3212 // unsigned, then to the requested size.
3213 Value *CastOp = CI->getOperand(0);
3214 Instruction *NC =
3215 new CastInst(CastOp, CastOp->getType()->getUnsignedVersion(),
3216 CI->getName()+".uns");
3217 NC = InsertNewInstBefore(NC, I);
3218 // Finally, insert a replacement for CI.
3219 NC = new CastInst(NC, CI->getType(), CI->getName());
3220 CI->setName("");
3221 NC = InsertNewInstBefore(NC, I);
3222 WorkList.push_back(CI); // Delete CI later.
3223 I.setOperand(0, NC);
3224 return &I; // The SHL operand was modified.
3225 }
3226 }
3227 }
3228
3229 // If the operand is an bitwise operator with a constant RHS, and the
3230 // shift is the only use, we can pull it out of the shift.
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003231 if (BinaryOperator *Op0BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0))
3232 if (ConstantInt *Op0C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0BO->getOperand(1))) {
3233 bool isValid = true; // Valid only for And, Or, Xor
3234 bool highBitSet = false; // Transform if high bit of constant set?
3235
3236 switch (Op0BO->getOpcode()) {
3237 default: isValid = false; break; // Do not perform transform!
Chris Lattner44bd3922004-10-08 03:46:20 +00003238 case Instruction::Add:
3239 isValid = isLeftShift;
3240 break;
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003241 case Instruction::Or:
3242 case Instruction::Xor:
3243 highBitSet = false;
3244 break;
3245 case Instruction::And:
3246 highBitSet = true;
3247 break;
3248 }
3249
3250 // If this is a signed shift right, and the high bit is modified
3251 // by the logical operation, do not perform the transformation.
3252 // The highBitSet boolean indicates the value of the high bit of
3253 // the constant which would cause it to be modified for this
3254 // operation.
3255 //
3256 if (isValid && !isLeftShift && !I.getType()->isUnsigned()) {
3257 uint64_t Val = Op0C->getRawValue();
3258 isValid = ((Val & (1 << (TypeBits-1))) != 0) == highBitSet;
3259 }
3260
3261 if (isValid) {
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00003262 Constant *NewRHS = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), Op0C, CUI);
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003263
3264 Instruction *NewShift =
3265 new ShiftInst(I.getOpcode(), Op0BO->getOperand(0), CUI,
3266 Op0BO->getName());
3267 Op0BO->setName("");
3268 InsertNewInstBefore(NewShift, I);
3269
3270 return BinaryOperator::create(Op0BO->getOpcode(), NewShift,
3271 NewRHS);
3272 }
3273 }
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003274 }
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003275
Chris Lattner3204d4e2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003276 // If this is a shift of a shift, see if we can fold the two together...
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003277 if (ShiftInst *Op0SI = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattnerab780df2003-07-24 18:38:56 +00003278 if (ConstantUInt *ShiftAmt1C =
3279 dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(Op0SI->getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattnerfdfe3e492005-01-08 19:42:22 +00003280 unsigned ShiftAmt1 = (unsigned)ShiftAmt1C->getValue();
3281 unsigned ShiftAmt2 = (unsigned)CUI->getValue();
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003282
Chris Lattner3204d4e2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003283 // Check for (A << c1) << c2 and (A >> c1) >> c2
3284 if (I.getOpcode() == Op0SI->getOpcode()) {
3285 unsigned Amt = ShiftAmt1+ShiftAmt2; // Fold into one big shift...
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00003286 if (Op0->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() < Amt)
3287 Amt = Op0->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
Chris Lattner3204d4e2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003288 return new ShiftInst(I.getOpcode(), Op0SI->getOperand(0),
3289 ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, Amt));
3290 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003291
Chris Lattnerab780df2003-07-24 18:38:56 +00003292 // Check for (A << c1) >> c2 or visaversa. If we are dealing with
3293 // signed types, we can only support the (A >> c1) << c2 configuration,
3294 // because it can not turn an arbitrary bit of A into a sign bit.
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003295 if (I.getType()->isUnsigned() || isLeftShift) {
Chris Lattner3204d4e2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003296 // Calculate bitmask for what gets shifted off the edge...
3297 Constant *C = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I.getType());
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003298 if (isLeftShift)
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003299 C = ConstantExpr::getShl(C, ShiftAmt1C);
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003300 else
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003301 C = ConstantExpr::getShr(C, ShiftAmt1C);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003302
Chris Lattner3204d4e2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003303 Instruction *Mask =
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003304 BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0SI->getOperand(0), C,
3305 Op0SI->getOperand(0)->getName()+".mask");
Chris Lattner3204d4e2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003306 InsertNewInstBefore(Mask, I);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003307
Chris Lattner3204d4e2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003308 // Figure out what flavor of shift we should use...
3309 if (ShiftAmt1 == ShiftAmt2)
3310 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Mask); // (A << c) >> c === A & c2
3311 else if (ShiftAmt1 < ShiftAmt2) {
3312 return new ShiftInst(I.getOpcode(), Mask,
3313 ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, ShiftAmt2-ShiftAmt1));
3314 } else {
3315 return new ShiftInst(Op0SI->getOpcode(), Mask,
3316 ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, ShiftAmt1-ShiftAmt2));
3317 }
3318 }
3319 }
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003320 }
Chris Lattner2e0fb392002-10-08 16:16:40 +00003321
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003322 return 0;
3323}
3324
Chris Lattner4e2dbc62004-07-20 00:59:32 +00003325enum CastType {
3326 Noop = 0,
3327 Truncate = 1,
3328 Signext = 2,
3329 Zeroext = 3
3330};
3331
3332/// getCastType - In the future, we will split the cast instruction into these
3333/// various types. Until then, we have to do the analysis here.
3334static CastType getCastType(const Type *Src, const Type *Dest) {
3335 assert(Src->isIntegral() && Dest->isIntegral() &&
3336 "Only works on integral types!");
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00003337 unsigned SrcSize = Src->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
3338 unsigned DestSize = Dest->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
Chris Lattner4e2dbc62004-07-20 00:59:32 +00003339
3340 if (SrcSize == DestSize) return Noop;
3341 if (SrcSize > DestSize) return Truncate;
3342 if (Src->isSigned()) return Signext;
3343 return Zeroext;
3344}
3345
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003346
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003347// isEliminableCastOfCast - Return true if it is valid to eliminate the CI
3348// instruction.
3349//
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +00003350static inline bool isEliminableCastOfCast(const Type *SrcTy, const Type *MidTy,
Chris Lattner11ffd592004-07-20 05:21:00 +00003351 const Type *DstTy, TargetData *TD) {
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003352
Chris Lattner650b6da2002-08-02 20:00:25 +00003353 // It is legal to eliminate the instruction if casting A->B->A if the sizes
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003354 // are identical and the bits don't get reinterpreted (for example
Chris Lattner1638de42004-07-21 19:50:44 +00003355 // int->float->int would not be allowed).
Misha Brukmane5838c42003-05-20 18:45:36 +00003356 if (SrcTy == DstTy && SrcTy->isLosslesslyConvertibleTo(MidTy))
Chris Lattner650b6da2002-08-02 20:00:25 +00003357 return true;
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003358
Chris Lattner4fbad962004-07-21 04:27:24 +00003359 // If we are casting between pointer and integer types, treat pointers as
3360 // integers of the appropriate size for the code below.
3361 if (isa<PointerType>(SrcTy)) SrcTy = TD->getIntPtrType();
3362 if (isa<PointerType>(MidTy)) MidTy = TD->getIntPtrType();
3363 if (isa<PointerType>(DstTy)) DstTy = TD->getIntPtrType();
Chris Lattner11ffd592004-07-20 05:21:00 +00003364
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003365 // Allow free casting and conversion of sizes as long as the sign doesn't
3366 // change...
Chris Lattnerb0b412e2002-09-03 01:08:28 +00003367 if (SrcTy->isIntegral() && MidTy->isIntegral() && DstTy->isIntegral()) {
Chris Lattner4e2dbc62004-07-20 00:59:32 +00003368 CastType FirstCast = getCastType(SrcTy, MidTy);
3369 CastType SecondCast = getCastType(MidTy, DstTy);
Chris Lattner650b6da2002-08-02 20:00:25 +00003370
Chris Lattner4e2dbc62004-07-20 00:59:32 +00003371 // Capture the effect of these two casts. If the result is a legal cast,
3372 // the CastType is stored here, otherwise a special code is used.
3373 static const unsigned CastResult[] = {
3374 // First cast is noop
3375 0, 1, 2, 3,
3376 // First cast is a truncate
3377 1, 1, 4, 4, // trunc->extend is not safe to eliminate
3378 // First cast is a sign ext
Chris Lattner1638de42004-07-21 19:50:44 +00003379 2, 5, 2, 4, // signext->zeroext never ok
Chris Lattner4e2dbc62004-07-20 00:59:32 +00003380 // First cast is a zero ext
Chris Lattner1638de42004-07-21 19:50:44 +00003381 3, 5, 3, 3,
Chris Lattner4e2dbc62004-07-20 00:59:32 +00003382 };
3383
3384 unsigned Result = CastResult[FirstCast*4+SecondCast];
3385 switch (Result) {
3386 default: assert(0 && "Illegal table value!");
3387 case 0:
3388 case 1:
3389 case 2:
3390 case 3:
3391 // FIXME: in the future, when LLVM has explicit sign/zeroextends and
3392 // truncates, we could eliminate more casts.
3393 return (unsigned)getCastType(SrcTy, DstTy) == Result;
3394 case 4:
3395 return false; // Not possible to eliminate this here.
3396 case 5:
Chris Lattner1638de42004-07-21 19:50:44 +00003397 // Sign or zero extend followed by truncate is always ok if the result
3398 // is a truncate or noop.
3399 CastType ResultCast = getCastType(SrcTy, DstTy);
3400 if (ResultCast == Noop || ResultCast == Truncate)
3401 return true;
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003402 // Otherwise we are still growing the value, we are only safe if the
Chris Lattner1638de42004-07-21 19:50:44 +00003403 // result will match the sign/zeroextendness of the result.
3404 return ResultCast == FirstCast;
Chris Lattner3732aca2002-08-15 16:15:25 +00003405 }
Chris Lattner650b6da2002-08-02 20:00:25 +00003406 }
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003407 return false;
3408}
3409
Chris Lattner11ffd592004-07-20 05:21:00 +00003410static bool ValueRequiresCast(const Value *V, const Type *Ty, TargetData *TD) {
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +00003411 if (V->getType() == Ty || isa<Constant>(V)) return false;
3412 if (const CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(V))
Chris Lattner11ffd592004-07-20 05:21:00 +00003413 if (isEliminableCastOfCast(CI->getOperand(0)->getType(), CI->getType(), Ty,
3414 TD))
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +00003415 return false;
3416 return true;
3417}
3418
3419/// InsertOperandCastBefore - This inserts a cast of V to DestTy before the
3420/// InsertBefore instruction. This is specialized a bit to avoid inserting
3421/// casts that are known to not do anything...
3422///
3423Value *InstCombiner::InsertOperandCastBefore(Value *V, const Type *DestTy,
3424 Instruction *InsertBefore) {
3425 if (V->getType() == DestTy) return V;
3426 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V))
3427 return ConstantExpr::getCast(C, DestTy);
3428
3429 CastInst *CI = new CastInst(V, DestTy, V->getName());
3430 InsertNewInstBefore(CI, *InsertBefore);
3431 return CI;
3432}
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003433
3434// CastInst simplification
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +00003435//
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00003436Instruction *InstCombiner::visitCastInst(CastInst &CI) {
Chris Lattner55d4bda2003-06-23 21:59:52 +00003437 Value *Src = CI.getOperand(0);
3438
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003439 // If the user is casting a value to the same type, eliminate this cast
3440 // instruction...
Chris Lattner55d4bda2003-06-23 21:59:52 +00003441 if (CI.getType() == Src->getType())
3442 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, Src);
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003443
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00003444 if (isa<UndefValue>(Src)) // cast undef -> undef
3445 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, UndefValue::get(CI.getType()));
3446
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003447 // If casting the result of another cast instruction, try to eliminate this
3448 // one!
3449 //
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003450 if (CastInst *CSrc = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Src)) { // A->B->C cast
3451 Value *A = CSrc->getOperand(0);
3452 if (isEliminableCastOfCast(A->getType(), CSrc->getType(),
3453 CI.getType(), TD)) {
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003454 // This instruction now refers directly to the cast's src operand. This
3455 // has a good chance of making CSrc dead.
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00003456 CI.setOperand(0, CSrc->getOperand(0));
3457 return &CI;
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003458 }
3459
Chris Lattner650b6da2002-08-02 20:00:25 +00003460 // If this is an A->B->A cast, and we are dealing with integral types, try
3461 // to convert this into a logical 'and' instruction.
3462 //
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003463 if (A->getType()->isInteger() &&
Chris Lattnerb0b412e2002-09-03 01:08:28 +00003464 CI.getType()->isInteger() && CSrc->getType()->isInteger() &&
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003465 CSrc->getType()->isUnsigned() && // B->A cast must zero extend
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00003466 CSrc->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() <
3467 CI.getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()&&
3468 A->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() ==
3469 CI.getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()) {
Chris Lattner650b6da2002-08-02 20:00:25 +00003470 assert(CSrc->getType() != Type::ULongTy &&
3471 "Cannot have type bigger than ulong!");
Chris Lattner2f1457f2005-04-24 17:46:05 +00003472 uint64_t AndValue = ~0ULL>>(64-CSrc->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits());
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003473 Constant *AndOp = ConstantUInt::get(A->getType()->getUnsignedVersion(),
3474 AndValue);
3475 AndOp = ConstantExpr::getCast(AndOp, A->getType());
3476 Instruction *And = BinaryOperator::createAnd(CSrc->getOperand(0), AndOp);
3477 if (And->getType() != CI.getType()) {
3478 And->setName(CSrc->getName()+".mask");
3479 InsertNewInstBefore(And, CI);
3480 And = new CastInst(And, CI.getType());
3481 }
3482 return And;
Chris Lattner650b6da2002-08-02 20:00:25 +00003483 }
3484 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003485
Chris Lattner03841652004-05-25 04:29:21 +00003486 // If this is a cast to bool, turn it into the appropriate setne instruction.
3487 if (CI.getType() == Type::BoolTy)
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003488 return BinaryOperator::createSetNE(CI.getOperand(0),
Chris Lattner03841652004-05-25 04:29:21 +00003489 Constant::getNullValue(CI.getOperand(0)->getType()));
3490
Chris Lattnerd0d51602003-06-21 23:12:02 +00003491 // If casting the result of a getelementptr instruction with no offset, turn
3492 // this into a cast of the original pointer!
3493 //
Chris Lattner55d4bda2003-06-23 21:59:52 +00003494 if (GetElementPtrInst *GEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(Src)) {
Chris Lattnerd0d51602003-06-21 23:12:02 +00003495 bool AllZeroOperands = true;
3496 for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEP->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
3497 if (!isa<Constant>(GEP->getOperand(i)) ||
3498 !cast<Constant>(GEP->getOperand(i))->isNullValue()) {
3499 AllZeroOperands = false;
3500 break;
3501 }
3502 if (AllZeroOperands) {
3503 CI.setOperand(0, GEP->getOperand(0));
3504 return &CI;
3505 }
3506 }
3507
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +00003508 // If we are casting a malloc or alloca to a pointer to a type of the same
3509 // size, rewrite the allocation instruction to allocate the "right" type.
3510 //
3511 if (AllocationInst *AI = dyn_cast<AllocationInst>(Src))
Chris Lattnerd4d987d2003-11-02 06:54:48 +00003512 if (AI->hasOneUse() && !AI->isArrayAllocation())
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +00003513 if (const PointerType *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(CI.getType())) {
3514 // Get the type really allocated and the type casted to...
3515 const Type *AllocElTy = AI->getAllocatedType();
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +00003516 const Type *CastElTy = PTy->getElementType();
Chris Lattner9eb9ccd2004-07-06 19:28:42 +00003517 if (AllocElTy->isSized() && CastElTy->isSized()) {
Chris Lattnerfdfe3e492005-01-08 19:42:22 +00003518 uint64_t AllocElTySize = TD->getTypeSize(AllocElTy);
3519 uint64_t CastElTySize = TD->getTypeSize(CastElTy);
Chris Lattner7c94d112003-11-05 17:31:36 +00003520
Chris Lattner9eb9ccd2004-07-06 19:28:42 +00003521 // If the allocation is for an even multiple of the cast type size
3522 if (CastElTySize && (AllocElTySize % CastElTySize == 0)) {
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003523 Value *Amt = ConstantUInt::get(Type::UIntTy,
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +00003524 AllocElTySize/CastElTySize);
Chris Lattner9eb9ccd2004-07-06 19:28:42 +00003525 std::string Name = AI->getName(); AI->setName("");
3526 AllocationInst *New;
3527 if (isa<MallocInst>(AI))
3528 New = new MallocInst(CastElTy, Amt, Name);
3529 else
3530 New = new AllocaInst(CastElTy, Amt, Name);
3531 InsertNewInstBefore(New, *AI);
3532 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, New);
3533 }
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +00003534 }
3535 }
3536
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003537 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Src))
3538 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoSelect(CI, SI, this))
3539 return NV;
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +00003540 if (isa<PHINode>(Src))
3541 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(CI))
3542 return NV;
3543
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +00003544 // If the source value is an instruction with only this use, we can attempt to
3545 // propagate the cast into the instruction. Also, only handle integral types
3546 // for now.
3547 if (Instruction *SrcI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Src))
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +00003548 if (SrcI->hasOneUse() && Src->getType()->isIntegral() &&
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +00003549 CI.getType()->isInteger()) { // Don't mess with casts to bool here
3550 const Type *DestTy = CI.getType();
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00003551 unsigned SrcBitSize = Src->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
3552 unsigned DestBitSize = DestTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +00003553
3554 Value *Op0 = SrcI->getNumOperands() > 0 ? SrcI->getOperand(0) : 0;
3555 Value *Op1 = SrcI->getNumOperands() > 1 ? SrcI->getOperand(1) : 0;
3556
3557 switch (SrcI->getOpcode()) {
3558 case Instruction::Add:
3559 case Instruction::Mul:
3560 case Instruction::And:
3561 case Instruction::Or:
3562 case Instruction::Xor:
3563 // If we are discarding information, or just changing the sign, rewrite.
3564 if (DestBitSize <= SrcBitSize && DestBitSize != 1) {
3565 // Don't insert two casts if they cannot be eliminated. We allow two
3566 // casts to be inserted if the sizes are the same. This could only be
3567 // converting signedness, which is a noop.
Chris Lattner11ffd592004-07-20 05:21:00 +00003568 if (DestBitSize == SrcBitSize || !ValueRequiresCast(Op1, DestTy,TD) ||
3569 !ValueRequiresCast(Op0, DestTy, TD)) {
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +00003570 Value *Op0c = InsertOperandCastBefore(Op0, DestTy, SrcI);
3571 Value *Op1c = InsertOperandCastBefore(Op1, DestTy, SrcI);
3572 return BinaryOperator::create(cast<BinaryOperator>(SrcI)
3573 ->getOpcode(), Op0c, Op1c);
3574 }
3575 }
Chris Lattner72086162005-05-06 02:07:39 +00003576
3577 // cast (xor bool X, true) to int --> xor (cast bool X to int), 1
3578 if (SrcBitSize == 1 && SrcI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Xor &&
3579 Op1 == ConstantBool::True &&
3580 (!Op0->hasOneUse() || !isa<SetCondInst>(Op0))) {
3581 Value *New = InsertOperandCastBefore(Op0, DestTy, &CI);
3582 return BinaryOperator::createXor(New,
3583 ConstantInt::get(CI.getType(), 1));
3584 }
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +00003585 break;
3586 case Instruction::Shl:
3587 // Allow changing the sign of the source operand. Do not allow changing
3588 // the size of the shift, UNLESS the shift amount is a constant. We
3589 // mush not change variable sized shifts to a smaller size, because it
3590 // is undefined to shift more bits out than exist in the value.
3591 if (DestBitSize == SrcBitSize ||
3592 (DestBitSize < SrcBitSize && isa<Constant>(Op1))) {
3593 Value *Op0c = InsertOperandCastBefore(Op0, DestTy, SrcI);
3594 return new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shl, Op0c, Op1);
3595 }
3596 break;
Chris Lattner87380412005-05-06 04:18:52 +00003597 case Instruction::Shr:
3598 // If this is a signed shr, and if all bits shifted in are about to be
3599 // truncated off, turn it into an unsigned shr to allow greater
3600 // simplifications.
3601 if (DestBitSize < SrcBitSize && Src->getType()->isSigned() &&
3602 isa<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
3603 unsigned ShiftAmt = cast<ConstantUInt>(Op1)->getValue();
3604 if (SrcBitSize > ShiftAmt && SrcBitSize-ShiftAmt >= DestBitSize) {
3605 // Convert to unsigned.
3606 Value *N1 = InsertOperandCastBefore(Op0,
3607 Op0->getType()->getUnsignedVersion(), &CI);
3608 // Insert the new shift, which is now unsigned.
3609 N1 = InsertNewInstBefore(new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shr, N1,
3610 Op1, Src->getName()), CI);
3611 return new CastInst(N1, CI.getType());
3612 }
3613 }
3614 break;
3615
Chris Lattner809dfac2005-05-04 19:10:26 +00003616 case Instruction::SetNE:
Chris Lattner809dfac2005-05-04 19:10:26 +00003617 if (ConstantInt *Op1C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner4c2d3782005-05-06 01:53:19 +00003618 if (Op1C->getRawValue() == 0) {
3619 // If the input only has the low bit set, simplify directly.
Chris Lattner809dfac2005-05-04 19:10:26 +00003620 Constant *Not1 =
3621 ConstantExpr::getNot(ConstantInt::get(Op0->getType(), 1));
Chris Lattner4c2d3782005-05-06 01:53:19 +00003622 // cast (X != 0) to int --> X if X&~1 == 0
Chris Lattner809dfac2005-05-04 19:10:26 +00003623 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0, cast<ConstantIntegral>(Not1))) {
3624 if (CI.getType() == Op0->getType())
3625 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, Op0);
3626 else
3627 return new CastInst(Op0, CI.getType());
3628 }
Chris Lattner4c2d3782005-05-06 01:53:19 +00003629
3630 // If the input is an and with a single bit, shift then simplify.
3631 ConstantInt *AndRHS;
3632 if (match(Op0, m_And(m_Value(), m_ConstantInt(AndRHS))))
3633 if (AndRHS->getRawValue() &&
3634 (AndRHS->getRawValue() & (AndRHS->getRawValue()-1)) == 0) {
3635 unsigned ShiftAmt = Log2(AndRHS->getRawValue());
3636 // Perform an unsigned shr by shiftamt. Convert input to
3637 // unsigned if it is signed.
3638 Value *In = Op0;
3639 if (In->getType()->isSigned())
3640 In = InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(In,
3641 In->getType()->getUnsignedVersion(), In->getName()),CI);
3642 // Insert the shift to put the result in the low bit.
3643 In = InsertNewInstBefore(new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shr, In,
3644 ConstantInt::get(Type::UByteTy, ShiftAmt),
3645 In->getName()+".lobit"), CI);
Chris Lattner4c2d3782005-05-06 01:53:19 +00003646 if (CI.getType() == In->getType())
3647 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, In);
3648 else
3649 return new CastInst(In, CI.getType());
3650 }
3651 }
3652 }
3653 break;
3654 case Instruction::SetEQ:
3655 // We if we are just checking for a seteq of a single bit and casting it
3656 // to an integer. If so, shift the bit to the appropriate place then
3657 // cast to integer to avoid the comparison.
3658 if (ConstantInt *Op1C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
3659 // Is Op1C a power of two or zero?
3660 if ((Op1C->getRawValue() & Op1C->getRawValue()-1) == 0) {
3661 // cast (X == 1) to int -> X iff X has only the low bit set.
3662 if (Op1C->getRawValue() == 1) {
3663 Constant *Not1 =
3664 ConstantExpr::getNot(ConstantInt::get(Op0->getType(), 1));
3665 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0, cast<ConstantIntegral>(Not1))) {
3666 if (CI.getType() == Op0->getType())
3667 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, Op0);
3668 else
3669 return new CastInst(Op0, CI.getType());
3670 }
3671 }
Chris Lattner809dfac2005-05-04 19:10:26 +00003672 }
3673 }
3674 break;
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +00003675 }
3676 }
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +00003677 return 0;
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00003678}
3679
Chris Lattner56e4d3d2004-04-09 23:46:01 +00003680/// GetSelectFoldableOperands - We want to turn code that looks like this:
3681/// %C = or %A, %B
3682/// %D = select %cond, %C, %A
3683/// into:
3684/// %C = select %cond, %B, 0
3685/// %D = or %A, %C
3686///
3687/// Assuming that the specified instruction is an operand to the select, return
3688/// a bitmask indicating which operands of this instruction are foldable if they
3689/// equal the other incoming value of the select.
3690///
3691static unsigned GetSelectFoldableOperands(Instruction *I) {
3692 switch (I->getOpcode()) {
3693 case Instruction::Add:
3694 case Instruction::Mul:
3695 case Instruction::And:
3696 case Instruction::Or:
3697 case Instruction::Xor:
3698 return 3; // Can fold through either operand.
3699 case Instruction::Sub: // Can only fold on the amount subtracted.
3700 case Instruction::Shl: // Can only fold on the shift amount.
3701 case Instruction::Shr:
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003702 return 1;
Chris Lattner56e4d3d2004-04-09 23:46:01 +00003703 default:
3704 return 0; // Cannot fold
3705 }
3706}
3707
3708/// GetSelectFoldableConstant - For the same transformation as the previous
3709/// function, return the identity constant that goes into the select.
3710static Constant *GetSelectFoldableConstant(Instruction *I) {
3711 switch (I->getOpcode()) {
3712 default: assert(0 && "This cannot happen!"); abort();
3713 case Instruction::Add:
3714 case Instruction::Sub:
3715 case Instruction::Or:
3716 case Instruction::Xor:
3717 return Constant::getNullValue(I->getType());
3718 case Instruction::Shl:
3719 case Instruction::Shr:
3720 return Constant::getNullValue(Type::UByteTy);
3721 case Instruction::And:
3722 return ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(I->getType());
3723 case Instruction::Mul:
3724 return ConstantInt::get(I->getType(), 1);
3725 }
3726}
3727
Chris Lattner411336f2005-01-19 21:50:18 +00003728/// FoldSelectOpOp - Here we have (select c, TI, FI), and we know that TI and FI
3729/// have the same opcode and only one use each. Try to simplify this.
3730Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldSelectOpOp(SelectInst &SI, Instruction *TI,
3731 Instruction *FI) {
3732 if (TI->getNumOperands() == 1) {
3733 // If this is a non-volatile load or a cast from the same type,
3734 // merge.
3735 if (TI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Cast) {
3736 if (TI->getOperand(0)->getType() != FI->getOperand(0)->getType())
3737 return 0;
3738 } else {
3739 return 0; // unknown unary op.
3740 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003741
Chris Lattner411336f2005-01-19 21:50:18 +00003742 // Fold this by inserting a select from the input values.
3743 SelectInst *NewSI = new SelectInst(SI.getCondition(), TI->getOperand(0),
3744 FI->getOperand(0), SI.getName()+".v");
3745 InsertNewInstBefore(NewSI, SI);
3746 return new CastInst(NewSI, TI->getType());
3747 }
3748
3749 // Only handle binary operators here.
3750 if (!isa<ShiftInst>(TI) && !isa<BinaryOperator>(TI))
3751 return 0;
3752
3753 // Figure out if the operations have any operands in common.
3754 Value *MatchOp, *OtherOpT, *OtherOpF;
3755 bool MatchIsOpZero;
3756 if (TI->getOperand(0) == FI->getOperand(0)) {
3757 MatchOp = TI->getOperand(0);
3758 OtherOpT = TI->getOperand(1);
3759 OtherOpF = FI->getOperand(1);
3760 MatchIsOpZero = true;
3761 } else if (TI->getOperand(1) == FI->getOperand(1)) {
3762 MatchOp = TI->getOperand(1);
3763 OtherOpT = TI->getOperand(0);
3764 OtherOpF = FI->getOperand(0);
3765 MatchIsOpZero = false;
3766 } else if (!TI->isCommutative()) {
3767 return 0;
3768 } else if (TI->getOperand(0) == FI->getOperand(1)) {
3769 MatchOp = TI->getOperand(0);
3770 OtherOpT = TI->getOperand(1);
3771 OtherOpF = FI->getOperand(0);
3772 MatchIsOpZero = true;
3773 } else if (TI->getOperand(1) == FI->getOperand(0)) {
3774 MatchOp = TI->getOperand(1);
3775 OtherOpT = TI->getOperand(0);
3776 OtherOpF = FI->getOperand(1);
3777 MatchIsOpZero = true;
3778 } else {
3779 return 0;
3780 }
3781
3782 // If we reach here, they do have operations in common.
3783 SelectInst *NewSI = new SelectInst(SI.getCondition(), OtherOpT,
3784 OtherOpF, SI.getName()+".v");
3785 InsertNewInstBefore(NewSI, SI);
3786
3787 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(TI)) {
3788 if (MatchIsOpZero)
3789 return BinaryOperator::create(BO->getOpcode(), MatchOp, NewSI);
3790 else
3791 return BinaryOperator::create(BO->getOpcode(), NewSI, MatchOp);
3792 } else {
3793 if (MatchIsOpZero)
3794 return new ShiftInst(cast<ShiftInst>(TI)->getOpcode(), MatchOp, NewSI);
3795 else
3796 return new ShiftInst(cast<ShiftInst>(TI)->getOpcode(), NewSI, MatchOp);
3797 }
3798}
3799
Chris Lattnerb909e8b2004-03-12 05:52:32 +00003800Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSelectInst(SelectInst &SI) {
Chris Lattner533bc492004-03-30 19:37:13 +00003801 Value *CondVal = SI.getCondition();
3802 Value *TrueVal = SI.getTrueValue();
3803 Value *FalseVal = SI.getFalseValue();
3804
3805 // select true, X, Y -> X
3806 // select false, X, Y -> Y
3807 if (ConstantBool *C = dyn_cast<ConstantBool>(CondVal))
Chris Lattnerb909e8b2004-03-12 05:52:32 +00003808 if (C == ConstantBool::True)
Chris Lattner533bc492004-03-30 19:37:13 +00003809 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
Chris Lattnerb909e8b2004-03-12 05:52:32 +00003810 else {
3811 assert(C == ConstantBool::False);
Chris Lattner533bc492004-03-30 19:37:13 +00003812 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
Chris Lattnerb909e8b2004-03-12 05:52:32 +00003813 }
Chris Lattner533bc492004-03-30 19:37:13 +00003814
3815 // select C, X, X -> X
3816 if (TrueVal == FalseVal)
3817 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
3818
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00003819 if (isa<UndefValue>(TrueVal)) // select C, undef, X -> X
3820 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
3821 if (isa<UndefValue>(FalseVal)) // select C, X, undef -> X
3822 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
3823 if (isa<UndefValue>(CondVal)) { // select undef, X, Y -> X or Y
3824 if (isa<Constant>(TrueVal))
3825 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
3826 else
3827 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
3828 }
3829
Chris Lattner1c631e82004-04-08 04:43:23 +00003830 if (SI.getType() == Type::BoolTy)
3831 if (ConstantBool *C = dyn_cast<ConstantBool>(TrueVal)) {
3832 if (C == ConstantBool::True) {
3833 // Change: A = select B, true, C --> A = or B, C
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003834 return BinaryOperator::createOr(CondVal, FalseVal);
Chris Lattner1c631e82004-04-08 04:43:23 +00003835 } else {
3836 // Change: A = select B, false, C --> A = and !B, C
3837 Value *NotCond =
3838 InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createNot(CondVal,
3839 "not."+CondVal->getName()), SI);
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003840 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(NotCond, FalseVal);
Chris Lattner1c631e82004-04-08 04:43:23 +00003841 }
3842 } else if (ConstantBool *C = dyn_cast<ConstantBool>(FalseVal)) {
3843 if (C == ConstantBool::False) {
3844 // Change: A = select B, C, false --> A = and B, C
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003845 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(CondVal, TrueVal);
Chris Lattner1c631e82004-04-08 04:43:23 +00003846 } else {
3847 // Change: A = select B, C, true --> A = or !B, C
3848 Value *NotCond =
3849 InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createNot(CondVal,
3850 "not."+CondVal->getName()), SI);
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003851 return BinaryOperator::createOr(NotCond, TrueVal);
Chris Lattner1c631e82004-04-08 04:43:23 +00003852 }
3853 }
3854
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00003855 // Selecting between two integer constants?
3856 if (ConstantInt *TrueValC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(TrueVal))
3857 if (ConstantInt *FalseValC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(FalseVal)) {
3858 // select C, 1, 0 -> cast C to int
3859 if (FalseValC->isNullValue() && TrueValC->getRawValue() == 1) {
3860 return new CastInst(CondVal, SI.getType());
3861 } else if (TrueValC->isNullValue() && FalseValC->getRawValue() == 1) {
3862 // select C, 0, 1 -> cast !C to int
3863 Value *NotCond =
3864 InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createNot(CondVal,
Chris Lattnercf7baf32004-04-09 18:19:44 +00003865 "not."+CondVal->getName()), SI);
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00003866 return new CastInst(NotCond, SI.getType());
Chris Lattnercf7baf32004-04-09 18:19:44 +00003867 }
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00003868
3869 // If one of the constants is zero (we know they can't both be) and we
3870 // have a setcc instruction with zero, and we have an 'and' with the
3871 // non-constant value, eliminate this whole mess. This corresponds to
3872 // cases like this: ((X & 27) ? 27 : 0)
3873 if (TrueValC->isNullValue() || FalseValC->isNullValue())
3874 if (Instruction *IC = dyn_cast<Instruction>(SI.getCondition()))
3875 if ((IC->getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ ||
3876 IC->getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE) &&
3877 isa<ConstantInt>(IC->getOperand(1)) &&
3878 cast<Constant>(IC->getOperand(1))->isNullValue())
3879 if (Instruction *ICA = dyn_cast<Instruction>(IC->getOperand(0)))
3880 if (ICA->getOpcode() == Instruction::And &&
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003881 isa<ConstantInt>(ICA->getOperand(1)) &&
3882 (ICA->getOperand(1) == TrueValC ||
3883 ICA->getOperand(1) == FalseValC) &&
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00003884 isOneBitSet(cast<ConstantInt>(ICA->getOperand(1)))) {
3885 // Okay, now we know that everything is set up, we just don't
3886 // know whether we have a setne or seteq and whether the true or
3887 // false val is the zero.
3888 bool ShouldNotVal = !TrueValC->isNullValue();
3889 ShouldNotVal ^= IC->getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE;
3890 Value *V = ICA;
3891 if (ShouldNotVal)
3892 V = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::create(
3893 Instruction::Xor, V, ICA->getOperand(1)), SI);
3894 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, V);
3895 }
Chris Lattner533bc492004-03-30 19:37:13 +00003896 }
Chris Lattner623fba12004-04-10 22:21:27 +00003897
3898 // See if we are selecting two values based on a comparison of the two values.
3899 if (SetCondInst *SCI = dyn_cast<SetCondInst>(CondVal)) {
3900 if (SCI->getOperand(0) == TrueVal && SCI->getOperand(1) == FalseVal) {
3901 // Transform (X == Y) ? X : Y -> Y
3902 if (SCI->getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ)
3903 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
3904 // Transform (X != Y) ? X : Y -> X
3905 if (SCI->getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE)
3906 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
3907 // NOTE: if we wanted to, this is where to detect MIN/MAX/ABS/etc.
3908
3909 } else if (SCI->getOperand(0) == FalseVal && SCI->getOperand(1) == TrueVal){
3910 // Transform (X == Y) ? Y : X -> X
3911 if (SCI->getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ)
Chris Lattner24cf0202004-04-11 01:39:19 +00003912 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
Chris Lattner623fba12004-04-10 22:21:27 +00003913 // Transform (X != Y) ? Y : X -> Y
3914 if (SCI->getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE)
Chris Lattner24cf0202004-04-11 01:39:19 +00003915 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
Chris Lattner623fba12004-04-10 22:21:27 +00003916 // NOTE: if we wanted to, this is where to detect MIN/MAX/ABS/etc.
3917 }
3918 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003919
Chris Lattnera04c9042005-01-13 22:52:24 +00003920 if (Instruction *TI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(TrueVal))
3921 if (Instruction *FI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(FalseVal))
3922 if (TI->hasOneUse() && FI->hasOneUse()) {
3923 bool isInverse = false;
3924 Instruction *AddOp = 0, *SubOp = 0;
3925
Chris Lattner411336f2005-01-19 21:50:18 +00003926 // Turn (select C, (op X, Y), (op X, Z)) -> (op X, (select C, Y, Z))
3927 if (TI->getOpcode() == FI->getOpcode())
3928 if (Instruction *IV = FoldSelectOpOp(SI, TI, FI))
3929 return IV;
3930
3931 // Turn select C, (X+Y), (X-Y) --> (X+(select C, Y, (-Y))). This is
3932 // even legal for FP.
Chris Lattnera04c9042005-01-13 22:52:24 +00003933 if (TI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub &&
3934 FI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add) {
3935 AddOp = FI; SubOp = TI;
3936 } else if (FI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub &&
3937 TI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add) {
3938 AddOp = TI; SubOp = FI;
3939 }
3940
3941 if (AddOp) {
3942 Value *OtherAddOp = 0;
3943 if (SubOp->getOperand(0) == AddOp->getOperand(0)) {
3944 OtherAddOp = AddOp->getOperand(1);
3945 } else if (SubOp->getOperand(0) == AddOp->getOperand(1)) {
3946 OtherAddOp = AddOp->getOperand(0);
3947 }
3948
3949 if (OtherAddOp) {
3950 // So at this point we know we have:
3951 // select C, (add X, Y), (sub X, ?)
3952 // We can do the transform profitably if either 'Y' = '?' or '?' is
3953 // a constant.
3954 if (SubOp->getOperand(1) == AddOp ||
3955 isa<Constant>(SubOp->getOperand(1))) {
3956 Value *NegVal;
3957 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(SubOp->getOperand(1))) {
3958 NegVal = ConstantExpr::getNeg(C);
3959 } else {
3960 NegVal = InsertNewInstBefore(
3961 BinaryOperator::createNeg(SubOp->getOperand(1)), SI);
3962 }
3963
Chris Lattner51726c42005-01-14 17:35:12 +00003964 Value *NewTrueOp = OtherAddOp;
Chris Lattnera04c9042005-01-13 22:52:24 +00003965 Value *NewFalseOp = NegVal;
3966 if (AddOp != TI)
3967 std::swap(NewTrueOp, NewFalseOp);
3968 Instruction *NewSel =
3969 new SelectInst(CondVal, NewTrueOp,NewFalseOp,SI.getName()+".p");
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003970
Chris Lattnera04c9042005-01-13 22:52:24 +00003971 NewSel = InsertNewInstBefore(NewSel, SI);
Chris Lattner51726c42005-01-14 17:35:12 +00003972 return BinaryOperator::createAdd(SubOp->getOperand(0), NewSel);
Chris Lattnera04c9042005-01-13 22:52:24 +00003973 }
3974 }
3975 }
3976 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003977
Chris Lattner56e4d3d2004-04-09 23:46:01 +00003978 // See if we can fold the select into one of our operands.
3979 if (SI.getType()->isInteger()) {
3980 // See the comment above GetSelectFoldableOperands for a description of the
3981 // transformation we are doing here.
3982 if (Instruction *TVI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(TrueVal))
3983 if (TVI->hasOneUse() && TVI->getNumOperands() == 2 &&
3984 !isa<Constant>(FalseVal))
3985 if (unsigned SFO = GetSelectFoldableOperands(TVI)) {
3986 unsigned OpToFold = 0;
3987 if ((SFO & 1) && FalseVal == TVI->getOperand(0)) {
3988 OpToFold = 1;
3989 } else if ((SFO & 2) && FalseVal == TVI->getOperand(1)) {
3990 OpToFold = 2;
3991 }
3992
3993 if (OpToFold) {
3994 Constant *C = GetSelectFoldableConstant(TVI);
3995 std::string Name = TVI->getName(); TVI->setName("");
3996 Instruction *NewSel =
3997 new SelectInst(SI.getCondition(), TVI->getOperand(2-OpToFold), C,
3998 Name);
3999 InsertNewInstBefore(NewSel, SI);
4000 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(TVI))
4001 return BinaryOperator::create(BO->getOpcode(), FalseVal, NewSel);
4002 else if (ShiftInst *SI = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(TVI))
4003 return new ShiftInst(SI->getOpcode(), FalseVal, NewSel);
4004 else {
4005 assert(0 && "Unknown instruction!!");
4006 }
4007 }
4008 }
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00004009
Chris Lattner56e4d3d2004-04-09 23:46:01 +00004010 if (Instruction *FVI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(FalseVal))
4011 if (FVI->hasOneUse() && FVI->getNumOperands() == 2 &&
4012 !isa<Constant>(TrueVal))
4013 if (unsigned SFO = GetSelectFoldableOperands(FVI)) {
4014 unsigned OpToFold = 0;
4015 if ((SFO & 1) && TrueVal == FVI->getOperand(0)) {
4016 OpToFold = 1;
4017 } else if ((SFO & 2) && TrueVal == FVI->getOperand(1)) {
4018 OpToFold = 2;
4019 }
4020
4021 if (OpToFold) {
4022 Constant *C = GetSelectFoldableConstant(FVI);
4023 std::string Name = FVI->getName(); FVI->setName("");
4024 Instruction *NewSel =
4025 new SelectInst(SI.getCondition(), C, FVI->getOperand(2-OpToFold),
4026 Name);
4027 InsertNewInstBefore(NewSel, SI);
4028 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(FVI))
4029 return BinaryOperator::create(BO->getOpcode(), TrueVal, NewSel);
4030 else if (ShiftInst *SI = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(FVI))
4031 return new ShiftInst(SI->getOpcode(), TrueVal, NewSel);
4032 else {
4033 assert(0 && "Unknown instruction!!");
4034 }
4035 }
4036 }
4037 }
Chris Lattnerd6f636a2005-04-24 07:30:14 +00004038
4039 if (BinaryOperator::isNot(CondVal)) {
4040 SI.setOperand(0, BinaryOperator::getNotArgument(CondVal));
4041 SI.setOperand(1, FalseVal);
4042 SI.setOperand(2, TrueVal);
4043 return &SI;
4044 }
4045
Chris Lattnerb909e8b2004-03-12 05:52:32 +00004046 return 0;
4047}
4048
4049
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004050// CallInst simplification
4051//
4052Instruction *InstCombiner::visitCallInst(CallInst &CI) {
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +00004053 // Intrinsics cannot occur in an invoke, so handle them here instead of in
4054 // visitCallSite.
Chris Lattner00648e12004-10-12 04:52:52 +00004055 if (MemIntrinsic *MI = dyn_cast<MemIntrinsic>(&CI)) {
4056 bool Changed = false;
4057
4058 // memmove/cpy/set of zero bytes is a noop.
4059 if (Constant *NumBytes = dyn_cast<Constant>(MI->getLength())) {
4060 if (NumBytes->isNullValue()) return EraseInstFromFunction(CI);
4061
4062 // FIXME: Increase alignment here.
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004063
Chris Lattner00648e12004-10-12 04:52:52 +00004064 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(NumBytes))
4065 if (CI->getRawValue() == 1) {
4066 // Replace the instruction with just byte operations. We would
4067 // transform other cases to loads/stores, but we don't know if
4068 // alignment is sufficient.
4069 }
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +00004070 }
4071
Chris Lattner00648e12004-10-12 04:52:52 +00004072 // If we have a memmove and the source operation is a constant global,
4073 // then the source and dest pointers can't alias, so we can change this
4074 // into a call to memcpy.
4075 if (MemMoveInst *MMI = dyn_cast<MemMoveInst>(MI))
4076 if (GlobalVariable *GVSrc = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(MMI->getSource()))
4077 if (GVSrc->isConstant()) {
4078 Module *M = CI.getParent()->getParent()->getParent();
4079 Function *MemCpy = M->getOrInsertFunction("llvm.memcpy",
4080 CI.getCalledFunction()->getFunctionType());
4081 CI.setOperand(0, MemCpy);
4082 Changed = true;
4083 }
4084
4085 if (Changed) return &CI;
Chris Lattner95307542004-11-18 21:41:39 +00004086 } else if (DbgStopPointInst *SPI = dyn_cast<DbgStopPointInst>(&CI)) {
4087 // If this stoppoint is at the same source location as the previous
4088 // stoppoint in the chain, it is not needed.
4089 if (DbgStopPointInst *PrevSPI =
4090 dyn_cast<DbgStopPointInst>(SPI->getChain()))
4091 if (SPI->getLineNo() == PrevSPI->getLineNo() &&
4092 SPI->getColNo() == PrevSPI->getColNo()) {
4093 SPI->replaceAllUsesWith(PrevSPI);
4094 return EraseInstFromFunction(CI);
4095 }
Chris Lattner00648e12004-10-12 04:52:52 +00004096 }
4097
Chris Lattneraec3d942003-10-07 22:32:43 +00004098 return visitCallSite(&CI);
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004099}
4100
4101// InvokeInst simplification
4102//
4103Instruction *InstCombiner::visitInvokeInst(InvokeInst &II) {
Chris Lattneraec3d942003-10-07 22:32:43 +00004104 return visitCallSite(&II);
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004105}
4106
Chris Lattneraec3d942003-10-07 22:32:43 +00004107// visitCallSite - Improvements for call and invoke instructions.
4108//
4109Instruction *InstCombiner::visitCallSite(CallSite CS) {
Chris Lattner75b4d1d2003-10-07 22:54:13 +00004110 bool Changed = false;
4111
4112 // If the callee is a constexpr cast of a function, attempt to move the cast
4113 // to the arguments of the call/invoke.
Chris Lattneraec3d942003-10-07 22:32:43 +00004114 if (transformConstExprCastCall(CS)) return 0;
4115
Chris Lattner75b4d1d2003-10-07 22:54:13 +00004116 Value *Callee = CS.getCalledValue();
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004117
Chris Lattner61d9d812005-05-13 07:09:09 +00004118 if (Function *CalleeF = dyn_cast<Function>(Callee))
4119 if (CalleeF->getCallingConv() != CS.getCallingConv()) {
4120 Instruction *OldCall = CS.getInstruction();
4121 // If the call and callee calling conventions don't match, this call must
4122 // be unreachable, as the call is undefined.
4123 new StoreInst(ConstantBool::True,
4124 UndefValue::get(PointerType::get(Type::BoolTy)), OldCall);
4125 if (!OldCall->use_empty())
4126 OldCall->replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(OldCall->getType()));
4127 if (isa<CallInst>(OldCall)) // Not worth removing an invoke here.
4128 return EraseInstFromFunction(*OldCall);
4129 return 0;
4130 }
4131
Chris Lattner8ba9ec92004-10-18 02:59:09 +00004132 if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Callee) || isa<UndefValue>(Callee)) {
4133 // This instruction is not reachable, just remove it. We insert a store to
4134 // undef so that we know that this code is not reachable, despite the fact
4135 // that we can't modify the CFG here.
4136 new StoreInst(ConstantBool::True,
4137 UndefValue::get(PointerType::get(Type::BoolTy)),
4138 CS.getInstruction());
4139
4140 if (!CS.getInstruction()->use_empty())
4141 CS.getInstruction()->
4142 replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(CS.getInstruction()->getType()));
4143
4144 if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(CS.getInstruction())) {
4145 // Don't break the CFG, insert a dummy cond branch.
4146 new BranchInst(II->getNormalDest(), II->getUnwindDest(),
4147 ConstantBool::True, II);
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004148 }
Chris Lattner8ba9ec92004-10-18 02:59:09 +00004149 return EraseInstFromFunction(*CS.getInstruction());
4150 }
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004151
Chris Lattner75b4d1d2003-10-07 22:54:13 +00004152 const PointerType *PTy = cast<PointerType>(Callee->getType());
4153 const FunctionType *FTy = cast<FunctionType>(PTy->getElementType());
4154 if (FTy->isVarArg()) {
4155 // See if we can optimize any arguments passed through the varargs area of
4156 // the call.
4157 for (CallSite::arg_iterator I = CS.arg_begin()+FTy->getNumParams(),
4158 E = CS.arg_end(); I != E; ++I)
4159 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(*I)) {
4160 // If this cast does not effect the value passed through the varargs
4161 // area, we can eliminate the use of the cast.
4162 Value *Op = CI->getOperand(0);
4163 if (CI->getType()->isLosslesslyConvertibleTo(Op->getType())) {
4164 *I = Op;
4165 Changed = true;
4166 }
4167 }
4168 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004169
Chris Lattner75b4d1d2003-10-07 22:54:13 +00004170 return Changed ? CS.getInstruction() : 0;
Chris Lattneraec3d942003-10-07 22:32:43 +00004171}
4172
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004173// transformConstExprCastCall - If the callee is a constexpr cast of a function,
4174// attempt to move the cast to the arguments of the call/invoke.
4175//
4176bool InstCombiner::transformConstExprCastCall(CallSite CS) {
4177 if (!isa<ConstantExpr>(CS.getCalledValue())) return false;
4178 ConstantExpr *CE = cast<ConstantExpr>(CS.getCalledValue());
Chris Lattnerf3edc492004-07-18 18:59:44 +00004179 if (CE->getOpcode() != Instruction::Cast || !isa<Function>(CE->getOperand(0)))
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004180 return false;
Reid Spencer87436872004-07-18 00:38:32 +00004181 Function *Callee = cast<Function>(CE->getOperand(0));
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004182 Instruction *Caller = CS.getInstruction();
4183
4184 // Okay, this is a cast from a function to a different type. Unless doing so
4185 // would cause a type conversion of one of our arguments, change this call to
4186 // be a direct call with arguments casted to the appropriate types.
4187 //
4188 const FunctionType *FT = Callee->getFunctionType();
4189 const Type *OldRetTy = Caller->getType();
4190
Chris Lattner1f7942f2004-01-14 06:06:08 +00004191 // Check to see if we are changing the return type...
4192 if (OldRetTy != FT->getReturnType()) {
4193 if (Callee->isExternal() &&
4194 !OldRetTy->isLosslesslyConvertibleTo(FT->getReturnType()) &&
4195 !Caller->use_empty())
4196 return false; // Cannot transform this return value...
4197
4198 // If the callsite is an invoke instruction, and the return value is used by
4199 // a PHI node in a successor, we cannot change the return type of the call
4200 // because there is no place to put the cast instruction (without breaking
4201 // the critical edge). Bail out in this case.
4202 if (!Caller->use_empty())
4203 if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(Caller))
4204 for (Value::use_iterator UI = II->use_begin(), E = II->use_end();
4205 UI != E; ++UI)
4206 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(*UI))
4207 if (PN->getParent() == II->getNormalDest() ||
Chris Lattnerfae8ab32004-02-08 21:44:31 +00004208 PN->getParent() == II->getUnwindDest())
Chris Lattner1f7942f2004-01-14 06:06:08 +00004209 return false;
4210 }
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004211
4212 unsigned NumActualArgs = unsigned(CS.arg_end()-CS.arg_begin());
4213 unsigned NumCommonArgs = std::min(FT->getNumParams(), NumActualArgs);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004214
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004215 CallSite::arg_iterator AI = CS.arg_begin();
4216 for (unsigned i = 0, e = NumCommonArgs; i != e; ++i, ++AI) {
4217 const Type *ParamTy = FT->getParamType(i);
4218 bool isConvertible = (*AI)->getType()->isLosslesslyConvertibleTo(ParamTy);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004219 if (Callee->isExternal() && !isConvertible) return false;
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004220 }
4221
4222 if (FT->getNumParams() < NumActualArgs && !FT->isVarArg() &&
4223 Callee->isExternal())
4224 return false; // Do not delete arguments unless we have a function body...
4225
4226 // Okay, we decided that this is a safe thing to do: go ahead and start
4227 // inserting cast instructions as necessary...
4228 std::vector<Value*> Args;
4229 Args.reserve(NumActualArgs);
4230
4231 AI = CS.arg_begin();
4232 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumCommonArgs; ++i, ++AI) {
4233 const Type *ParamTy = FT->getParamType(i);
4234 if ((*AI)->getType() == ParamTy) {
4235 Args.push_back(*AI);
4236 } else {
Chris Lattner1c631e82004-04-08 04:43:23 +00004237 Args.push_back(InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(*AI, ParamTy, "tmp"),
4238 *Caller));
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004239 }
4240 }
4241
4242 // If the function takes more arguments than the call was taking, add them
4243 // now...
4244 for (unsigned i = NumCommonArgs; i != FT->getNumParams(); ++i)
4245 Args.push_back(Constant::getNullValue(FT->getParamType(i)));
4246
4247 // If we are removing arguments to the function, emit an obnoxious warning...
4248 if (FT->getNumParams() < NumActualArgs)
4249 if (!FT->isVarArg()) {
4250 std::cerr << "WARNING: While resolving call to function '"
4251 << Callee->getName() << "' arguments were dropped!\n";
4252 } else {
4253 // Add all of the arguments in their promoted form to the arg list...
4254 for (unsigned i = FT->getNumParams(); i != NumActualArgs; ++i, ++AI) {
4255 const Type *PTy = getPromotedType((*AI)->getType());
4256 if (PTy != (*AI)->getType()) {
4257 // Must promote to pass through va_arg area!
4258 Instruction *Cast = new CastInst(*AI, PTy, "tmp");
4259 InsertNewInstBefore(Cast, *Caller);
4260 Args.push_back(Cast);
4261 } else {
4262 Args.push_back(*AI);
4263 }
4264 }
4265 }
4266
4267 if (FT->getReturnType() == Type::VoidTy)
4268 Caller->setName(""); // Void type should not have a name...
4269
4270 Instruction *NC;
4271 if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(Caller)) {
Chris Lattnerfae8ab32004-02-08 21:44:31 +00004272 NC = new InvokeInst(Callee, II->getNormalDest(), II->getUnwindDest(),
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004273 Args, Caller->getName(), Caller);
Chris Lattner05c703e2005-05-14 12:25:32 +00004274 cast<InvokeInst>(II)->setCallingConv(II->getCallingConv());
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004275 } else {
4276 NC = new CallInst(Callee, Args, Caller->getName(), Caller);
Chris Lattner6aacb0f2005-05-06 06:48:21 +00004277 if (cast<CallInst>(Caller)->isTailCall())
4278 cast<CallInst>(NC)->setTailCall();
Chris Lattner05c703e2005-05-14 12:25:32 +00004279 cast<CallInst>(NC)->setCallingConv(cast<CallInst>(Caller)->getCallingConv());
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004280 }
4281
4282 // Insert a cast of the return type as necessary...
4283 Value *NV = NC;
4284 if (Caller->getType() != NV->getType() && !Caller->use_empty()) {
4285 if (NV->getType() != Type::VoidTy) {
4286 NV = NC = new CastInst(NC, Caller->getType(), "tmp");
Chris Lattner686767f2003-10-30 00:46:41 +00004287
4288 // If this is an invoke instruction, we should insert it after the first
4289 // non-phi, instruction in the normal successor block.
4290 if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(Caller)) {
4291 BasicBlock::iterator I = II->getNormalDest()->begin();
4292 while (isa<PHINode>(I)) ++I;
4293 InsertNewInstBefore(NC, *I);
4294 } else {
4295 // Otherwise, it's a call, just insert cast right after the call instr
4296 InsertNewInstBefore(NC, *Caller);
4297 }
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +00004298 AddUsersToWorkList(*Caller);
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004299 } else {
Chris Lattnere29d6342004-10-17 21:22:38 +00004300 NV = UndefValue::get(Caller->getType());
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004301 }
4302 }
4303
4304 if (Caller->getType() != Type::VoidTy && !Caller->use_empty())
4305 Caller->replaceAllUsesWith(NV);
4306 Caller->getParent()->getInstList().erase(Caller);
4307 removeFromWorkList(Caller);
4308 return true;
4309}
4310
4311
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +00004312// FoldPHIArgOpIntoPHI - If all operands to a PHI node are the same "unary"
4313// operator and they all are only used by the PHI, PHI together their
4314// inputs, and do the operation once, to the result of the PHI.
4315Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldPHIArgOpIntoPHI(PHINode &PN) {
4316 Instruction *FirstInst = cast<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(0));
4317
4318 // Scan the instruction, looking for input operations that can be folded away.
4319 // If all input operands to the phi are the same instruction (e.g. a cast from
4320 // the same type or "+42") we can pull the operation through the PHI, reducing
4321 // code size and simplifying code.
4322 Constant *ConstantOp = 0;
4323 const Type *CastSrcTy = 0;
4324 if (isa<CastInst>(FirstInst)) {
4325 CastSrcTy = FirstInst->getOperand(0)->getType();
4326 } else if (isa<BinaryOperator>(FirstInst) || isa<ShiftInst>(FirstInst)) {
4327 // Can fold binop or shift if the RHS is a constant.
4328 ConstantOp = dyn_cast<Constant>(FirstInst->getOperand(1));
4329 if (ConstantOp == 0) return 0;
4330 } else {
4331 return 0; // Cannot fold this operation.
4332 }
4333
4334 // Check to see if all arguments are the same operation.
4335 for (unsigned i = 1, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
4336 if (!isa<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(i))) return 0;
4337 Instruction *I = cast<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(i));
4338 if (!I->hasOneUse() || I->getOpcode() != FirstInst->getOpcode())
4339 return 0;
4340 if (CastSrcTy) {
4341 if (I->getOperand(0)->getType() != CastSrcTy)
4342 return 0; // Cast operation must match.
4343 } else if (I->getOperand(1) != ConstantOp) {
4344 return 0;
4345 }
4346 }
4347
4348 // Okay, they are all the same operation. Create a new PHI node of the
4349 // correct type, and PHI together all of the LHS's of the instructions.
4350 PHINode *NewPN = new PHINode(FirstInst->getOperand(0)->getType(),
4351 PN.getName()+".in");
Chris Lattnerd8e20182005-01-29 00:39:08 +00004352 NewPN->reserveOperandSpace(PN.getNumOperands()/2);
Chris Lattner46dd5a62004-11-14 19:29:34 +00004353
4354 Value *InVal = FirstInst->getOperand(0);
4355 NewPN->addIncoming(InVal, PN.getIncomingBlock(0));
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +00004356
4357 // Add all operands to the new PHI.
Chris Lattner46dd5a62004-11-14 19:29:34 +00004358 for (unsigned i = 1, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
4359 Value *NewInVal = cast<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(i))->getOperand(0);
4360 if (NewInVal != InVal)
4361 InVal = 0;
4362 NewPN->addIncoming(NewInVal, PN.getIncomingBlock(i));
4363 }
4364
4365 Value *PhiVal;
4366 if (InVal) {
4367 // The new PHI unions all of the same values together. This is really
4368 // common, so we handle it intelligently here for compile-time speed.
4369 PhiVal = InVal;
4370 delete NewPN;
4371 } else {
4372 InsertNewInstBefore(NewPN, PN);
4373 PhiVal = NewPN;
4374 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004375
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +00004376 // Insert and return the new operation.
4377 if (isa<CastInst>(FirstInst))
Chris Lattner46dd5a62004-11-14 19:29:34 +00004378 return new CastInst(PhiVal, PN.getType());
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +00004379 else if (BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(FirstInst))
Chris Lattner46dd5a62004-11-14 19:29:34 +00004380 return BinaryOperator::create(BinOp->getOpcode(), PhiVal, ConstantOp);
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +00004381 else
4382 return new ShiftInst(cast<ShiftInst>(FirstInst)->getOpcode(),
Chris Lattner46dd5a62004-11-14 19:29:34 +00004383 PhiVal, ConstantOp);
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +00004384}
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00004385
Chris Lattner71536432005-01-17 05:10:15 +00004386/// DeadPHICycle - Return true if this PHI node is only used by a PHI node cycle
4387/// that is dead.
4388static bool DeadPHICycle(PHINode *PN, std::set<PHINode*> &PotentiallyDeadPHIs) {
4389 if (PN->use_empty()) return true;
4390 if (!PN->hasOneUse()) return false;
4391
4392 // Remember this node, and if we find the cycle, return.
4393 if (!PotentiallyDeadPHIs.insert(PN).second)
4394 return true;
4395
4396 if (PHINode *PU = dyn_cast<PHINode>(PN->use_back()))
4397 return DeadPHICycle(PU, PotentiallyDeadPHIs);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004398
Chris Lattner71536432005-01-17 05:10:15 +00004399 return false;
4400}
4401
Chris Lattnerbbbdd852002-05-06 18:06:38 +00004402// PHINode simplification
4403//
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00004404Instruction *InstCombiner::visitPHINode(PHINode &PN) {
Chris Lattnere29d6342004-10-17 21:22:38 +00004405 if (Value *V = hasConstantValue(&PN)) {
4406 // If V is an instruction, we have to be certain that it dominates PN.
4407 // However, because we don't have dom info, we can't do a perfect job.
4408 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) {
4409 // We know that the instruction dominates the PHI if there are no undef
Chris Lattner4ed40f72005-07-07 20:40:38 +00004410 // values coming in. If the instruction is defined in the entry block,
4411 // and is not an invoke, we know it is ok.
Chris Lattner3b92f172004-10-18 01:48:31 +00004412 if (I->getParent() != &I->getParent()->getParent()->front() ||
4413 isa<InvokeInst>(I))
Chris Lattner107c15c2004-10-17 21:31:34 +00004414 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i)
4415 if (isa<UndefValue>(PN.getIncomingValue(i))) {
4416 V = 0;
4417 break;
4418 }
Chris Lattnere29d6342004-10-17 21:22:38 +00004419 }
4420
4421 if (V)
4422 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(PN, V);
4423 }
Chris Lattner4db2d222004-02-16 05:07:08 +00004424
4425 // If the only user of this instruction is a cast instruction, and all of the
4426 // incoming values are constants, change this PHI to merge together the casted
4427 // constants.
4428 if (PN.hasOneUse())
4429 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(PN.use_back()))
4430 if (CI->getType() != PN.getType()) { // noop casts will be folded
4431 bool AllConstant = true;
4432 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i)
4433 if (!isa<Constant>(PN.getIncomingValue(i))) {
4434 AllConstant = false;
4435 break;
4436 }
4437 if (AllConstant) {
4438 // Make a new PHI with all casted values.
4439 PHINode *New = new PHINode(CI->getType(), PN.getName(), &PN);
4440 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
4441 Constant *OldArg = cast<Constant>(PN.getIncomingValue(i));
4442 New->addIncoming(ConstantExpr::getCast(OldArg, New->getType()),
4443 PN.getIncomingBlock(i));
4444 }
4445
4446 // Update the cast instruction.
4447 CI->setOperand(0, New);
4448 WorkList.push_back(CI); // revisit the cast instruction to fold.
4449 WorkList.push_back(New); // Make sure to revisit the new Phi
4450 return &PN; // PN is now dead!
4451 }
4452 }
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +00004453
4454 // If all PHI operands are the same operation, pull them through the PHI,
4455 // reducing code size.
4456 if (isa<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(0)) &&
4457 PN.getIncomingValue(0)->hasOneUse())
4458 if (Instruction *Result = FoldPHIArgOpIntoPHI(PN))
4459 return Result;
4460
Chris Lattner71536432005-01-17 05:10:15 +00004461 // If this is a trivial cycle in the PHI node graph, remove it. Basically, if
4462 // this PHI only has a single use (a PHI), and if that PHI only has one use (a
4463 // PHI)... break the cycle.
4464 if (PN.hasOneUse())
4465 if (PHINode *PU = dyn_cast<PHINode>(PN.use_back())) {
4466 std::set<PHINode*> PotentiallyDeadPHIs;
4467 PotentiallyDeadPHIs.insert(&PN);
4468 if (DeadPHICycle(PU, PotentiallyDeadPHIs))
4469 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(PN, UndefValue::get(PN.getType()));
4470 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004471
Chris Lattner91daeb52003-12-19 05:58:40 +00004472 return 0;
Chris Lattnerbbbdd852002-05-06 18:06:38 +00004473}
4474
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004475static Value *InsertSignExtendToPtrTy(Value *V, const Type *DTy,
4476 Instruction *InsertPoint,
4477 InstCombiner *IC) {
4478 unsigned PS = IC->getTargetData().getPointerSize();
4479 const Type *VTy = V->getType();
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004480 if (!VTy->isSigned() && VTy->getPrimitiveSize() < PS)
4481 // We must insert a cast to ensure we sign-extend.
4482 V = IC->InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(V, VTy->getSignedVersion(),
4483 V->getName()), *InsertPoint);
4484 return IC->InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(V, DTy, V->getName()),
4485 *InsertPoint);
4486}
4487
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00004488
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00004489Instruction *InstCombiner::visitGetElementPtrInst(GetElementPtrInst &GEP) {
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004490 Value *PtrOp = GEP.getOperand(0);
Chris Lattner471bd762003-05-22 19:07:21 +00004491 // Is it 'getelementptr %P, long 0' or 'getelementptr %P'
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00004492 // If so, eliminate the noop.
Chris Lattner8d0bacb2004-02-22 05:25:17 +00004493 if (GEP.getNumOperands() == 1)
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004494 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(GEP, PtrOp);
Chris Lattner8d0bacb2004-02-22 05:25:17 +00004495
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004496 if (isa<UndefValue>(GEP.getOperand(0)))
4497 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(GEP, UndefValue::get(GEP.getType()));
4498
Chris Lattner8d0bacb2004-02-22 05:25:17 +00004499 bool HasZeroPointerIndex = false;
4500 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(GEP.getOperand(1)))
4501 HasZeroPointerIndex = C->isNullValue();
4502
4503 if (GEP.getNumOperands() == 2 && HasZeroPointerIndex)
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004504 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(GEP, PtrOp);
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00004505
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004506 // Eliminate unneeded casts for indices.
4507 bool MadeChange = false;
Chris Lattner2b2412d2004-04-07 18:38:20 +00004508 gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(GEP);
4509 for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEP.getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i, ++GTI)
4510 if (isa<SequentialType>(*GTI)) {
4511 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(GEP.getOperand(i))) {
4512 Value *Src = CI->getOperand(0);
4513 const Type *SrcTy = Src->getType();
4514 const Type *DestTy = CI->getType();
4515 if (Src->getType()->isInteger()) {
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00004516 if (SrcTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() ==
4517 DestTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()) {
Chris Lattner2b2412d2004-04-07 18:38:20 +00004518 // We can always eliminate a cast from ulong or long to the other.
4519 // We can always eliminate a cast from uint to int or the other on
4520 // 32-bit pointer platforms.
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00004521 if (DestTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() >= TD->getPointerSizeInBits()){
Chris Lattner2b2412d2004-04-07 18:38:20 +00004522 MadeChange = true;
4523 GEP.setOperand(i, Src);
4524 }
4525 } else if (SrcTy->getPrimitiveSize() < DestTy->getPrimitiveSize() &&
4526 SrcTy->getPrimitiveSize() == 4) {
4527 // We can always eliminate a cast from int to [u]long. We can
4528 // eliminate a cast from uint to [u]long iff the target is a 32-bit
4529 // pointer target.
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004530 if (SrcTy->isSigned() ||
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00004531 SrcTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() >= TD->getPointerSizeInBits()) {
Chris Lattner2b2412d2004-04-07 18:38:20 +00004532 MadeChange = true;
4533 GEP.setOperand(i, Src);
4534 }
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004535 }
4536 }
4537 }
Chris Lattner2b2412d2004-04-07 18:38:20 +00004538 // If we are using a wider index than needed for this platform, shrink it
4539 // to what we need. If the incoming value needs a cast instruction,
4540 // insert it. This explicit cast can make subsequent optimizations more
4541 // obvious.
4542 Value *Op = GEP.getOperand(i);
4543 if (Op->getType()->getPrimitiveSize() > TD->getPointerSize())
Chris Lattner1e9ac1a2004-04-17 18:16:10 +00004544 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op)) {
Chris Lattner44d0b952004-07-20 01:48:15 +00004545 GEP.setOperand(i, ConstantExpr::getCast(C,
4546 TD->getIntPtrType()->getSignedVersion()));
Chris Lattner1e9ac1a2004-04-17 18:16:10 +00004547 MadeChange = true;
4548 } else {
Chris Lattner2b2412d2004-04-07 18:38:20 +00004549 Op = InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(Op, TD->getIntPtrType(),
4550 Op->getName()), GEP);
4551 GEP.setOperand(i, Op);
4552 MadeChange = true;
4553 }
Chris Lattner44d0b952004-07-20 01:48:15 +00004554
4555 // If this is a constant idx, make sure to canonicalize it to be a signed
4556 // operand, otherwise CSE and other optimizations are pessimized.
4557 if (ConstantUInt *CUI = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(Op)) {
4558 GEP.setOperand(i, ConstantExpr::getCast(CUI,
4559 CUI->getType()->getSignedVersion()));
4560 MadeChange = true;
4561 }
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004562 }
4563 if (MadeChange) return &GEP;
4564
Chris Lattnerae7a0d32002-08-02 19:29:35 +00004565 // Combine Indices - If the source pointer to this getelementptr instruction
4566 // is a getelementptr instruction, combine the indices of the two
4567 // getelementptr instructions into a single instruction.
4568 //
Chris Lattner57c67b02004-03-25 22:59:29 +00004569 std::vector<Value*> SrcGEPOperands;
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00004570 if (User *Src = dyn_castGetElementPtr(PtrOp))
Chris Lattner57c67b02004-03-25 22:59:29 +00004571 SrcGEPOperands.assign(Src->op_begin(), Src->op_end());
Chris Lattner57c67b02004-03-25 22:59:29 +00004572
4573 if (!SrcGEPOperands.empty()) {
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004574 // Note that if our source is a gep chain itself that we wait for that
4575 // chain to be resolved before we perform this transformation. This
4576 // avoids us creating a TON of code in some cases.
4577 //
4578 if (isa<GetElementPtrInst>(SrcGEPOperands[0]) &&
4579 cast<Instruction>(SrcGEPOperands[0])->getNumOperands() == 2)
4580 return 0; // Wait until our source is folded to completion.
4581
Chris Lattnerae7a0d32002-08-02 19:29:35 +00004582 std::vector<Value *> Indices;
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004583
4584 // Find out whether the last index in the source GEP is a sequential idx.
4585 bool EndsWithSequential = false;
4586 for (gep_type_iterator I = gep_type_begin(*cast<User>(PtrOp)),
4587 E = gep_type_end(*cast<User>(PtrOp)); I != E; ++I)
Chris Lattner8ec5f882004-05-08 22:41:42 +00004588 EndsWithSequential = !isa<StructType>(*I);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004589
Chris Lattnerae7a0d32002-08-02 19:29:35 +00004590 // Can we combine the two pointer arithmetics offsets?
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004591 if (EndsWithSequential) {
Chris Lattner235af562003-03-05 22:33:14 +00004592 // Replace: gep (gep %P, long B), long A, ...
4593 // With: T = long A+B; gep %P, T, ...
4594 //
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004595 Value *Sum, *SO1 = SrcGEPOperands.back(), *GO1 = GEP.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004596 if (SO1 == Constant::getNullValue(SO1->getType())) {
4597 Sum = GO1;
4598 } else if (GO1 == Constant::getNullValue(GO1->getType())) {
4599 Sum = SO1;
4600 } else {
4601 // If they aren't the same type, convert both to an integer of the
4602 // target's pointer size.
4603 if (SO1->getType() != GO1->getType()) {
4604 if (Constant *SO1C = dyn_cast<Constant>(SO1)) {
4605 SO1 = ConstantExpr::getCast(SO1C, GO1->getType());
4606 } else if (Constant *GO1C = dyn_cast<Constant>(GO1)) {
4607 GO1 = ConstantExpr::getCast(GO1C, SO1->getType());
4608 } else {
4609 unsigned PS = TD->getPointerSize();
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004610 if (SO1->getType()->getPrimitiveSize() == PS) {
4611 // Convert GO1 to SO1's type.
4612 GO1 = InsertSignExtendToPtrTy(GO1, SO1->getType(), &GEP, this);
4613
4614 } else if (GO1->getType()->getPrimitiveSize() == PS) {
4615 // Convert SO1 to GO1's type.
4616 SO1 = InsertSignExtendToPtrTy(SO1, GO1->getType(), &GEP, this);
4617 } else {
4618 const Type *PT = TD->getIntPtrType();
4619 SO1 = InsertSignExtendToPtrTy(SO1, PT, &GEP, this);
4620 GO1 = InsertSignExtendToPtrTy(GO1, PT, &GEP, this);
4621 }
4622 }
4623 }
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004624 if (isa<Constant>(SO1) && isa<Constant>(GO1))
4625 Sum = ConstantExpr::getAdd(cast<Constant>(SO1), cast<Constant>(GO1));
4626 else {
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00004627 Sum = BinaryOperator::createAdd(SO1, GO1, PtrOp->getName()+".sum");
4628 InsertNewInstBefore(cast<Instruction>(Sum), GEP);
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004629 }
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004630 }
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004631
4632 // Recycle the GEP we already have if possible.
4633 if (SrcGEPOperands.size() == 2) {
4634 GEP.setOperand(0, SrcGEPOperands[0]);
4635 GEP.setOperand(1, Sum);
4636 return &GEP;
4637 } else {
4638 Indices.insert(Indices.end(), SrcGEPOperands.begin()+1,
4639 SrcGEPOperands.end()-1);
4640 Indices.push_back(Sum);
4641 Indices.insert(Indices.end(), GEP.op_begin()+2, GEP.op_end());
4642 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004643 } else if (isa<Constant>(*GEP.idx_begin()) &&
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004644 cast<Constant>(*GEP.idx_begin())->isNullValue() &&
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004645 SrcGEPOperands.size() != 1) {
Chris Lattnerae7a0d32002-08-02 19:29:35 +00004646 // Otherwise we can do the fold if the first index of the GEP is a zero
Chris Lattner57c67b02004-03-25 22:59:29 +00004647 Indices.insert(Indices.end(), SrcGEPOperands.begin()+1,
4648 SrcGEPOperands.end());
Chris Lattnerae7a0d32002-08-02 19:29:35 +00004649 Indices.insert(Indices.end(), GEP.idx_begin()+1, GEP.idx_end());
4650 }
4651
4652 if (!Indices.empty())
Chris Lattner57c67b02004-03-25 22:59:29 +00004653 return new GetElementPtrInst(SrcGEPOperands[0], Indices, GEP.getName());
Chris Lattnerc59af1d2002-08-17 22:21:59 +00004654
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004655 } else if (GlobalValue *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalValue>(PtrOp)) {
Chris Lattnerc59af1d2002-08-17 22:21:59 +00004656 // GEP of global variable. If all of the indices for this GEP are
4657 // constants, we can promote this to a constexpr instead of an instruction.
4658
4659 // Scan for nonconstants...
4660 std::vector<Constant*> Indices;
4661 User::op_iterator I = GEP.idx_begin(), E = GEP.idx_end();
4662 for (; I != E && isa<Constant>(*I); ++I)
4663 Indices.push_back(cast<Constant>(*I));
4664
4665 if (I == E) { // If they are all constants...
Chris Lattnerf3edc492004-07-18 18:59:44 +00004666 Constant *CE = ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(GV, Indices);
Chris Lattnerc59af1d2002-08-17 22:21:59 +00004667
4668 // Replace all uses of the GEP with the new constexpr...
4669 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(GEP, CE);
4670 }
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004671 } else if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(PtrOp)) {
Chris Lattner8d0bacb2004-02-22 05:25:17 +00004672 if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::Cast) {
4673 if (HasZeroPointerIndex) {
4674 // transform: GEP (cast [10 x ubyte]* X to [0 x ubyte]*), long 0, ...
4675 // into : GEP [10 x ubyte]* X, long 0, ...
4676 //
4677 // This occurs when the program declares an array extern like "int X[];"
4678 //
4679 Constant *X = CE->getOperand(0);
4680 const PointerType *CPTy = cast<PointerType>(CE->getType());
4681 if (const PointerType *XTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(X->getType()))
4682 if (const ArrayType *XATy =
4683 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(XTy->getElementType()))
4684 if (const ArrayType *CATy =
4685 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CPTy->getElementType()))
4686 if (CATy->getElementType() == XATy->getElementType()) {
4687 // At this point, we know that the cast source type is a pointer
4688 // to an array of the same type as the destination pointer
4689 // array. Because the array type is never stepped over (there
4690 // is a leading zero) we can fold the cast into this GEP.
4691 GEP.setOperand(0, X);
4692 return &GEP;
4693 }
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00004694 } else if (GEP.getNumOperands() == 2 &&
4695 isa<PointerType>(CE->getOperand(0)->getType())) {
Chris Lattner14f3cdc2004-11-27 17:55:46 +00004696 // Transform things like:
4697 // %t = getelementptr ubyte* cast ([2 x sbyte]* %str to ubyte*), uint %V
4698 // into: %t1 = getelementptr [2 x sbyte*]* %str, int 0, uint %V; cast
4699 Constant *X = CE->getOperand(0);
4700 const Type *SrcElTy = cast<PointerType>(X->getType())->getElementType();
4701 const Type *ResElTy =cast<PointerType>(CE->getType())->getElementType();
4702 if (isa<ArrayType>(SrcElTy) &&
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004703 TD->getTypeSize(cast<ArrayType>(SrcElTy)->getElementType()) ==
Chris Lattner14f3cdc2004-11-27 17:55:46 +00004704 TD->getTypeSize(ResElTy)) {
4705 Value *V = InsertNewInstBefore(
4706 new GetElementPtrInst(X, Constant::getNullValue(Type::IntTy),
4707 GEP.getOperand(1), GEP.getName()), GEP);
4708 return new CastInst(V, GEP.getType());
4709 }
Chris Lattner8d0bacb2004-02-22 05:25:17 +00004710 }
4711 }
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00004712 }
4713
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00004714 return 0;
4715}
4716
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +00004717Instruction *InstCombiner::visitAllocationInst(AllocationInst &AI) {
4718 // Convert: malloc Ty, C - where C is a constant != 1 into: malloc [C x Ty], 1
4719 if (AI.isArrayAllocation()) // Check C != 1
4720 if (const ConstantUInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(AI.getArraySize())) {
4721 const Type *NewTy = ArrayType::get(AI.getAllocatedType(), C->getValue());
Chris Lattnera2620ac2002-11-09 00:49:43 +00004722 AllocationInst *New = 0;
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +00004723
4724 // Create and insert the replacement instruction...
4725 if (isa<MallocInst>(AI))
Chris Lattnerabb77c92004-03-19 06:08:10 +00004726 New = new MallocInst(NewTy, 0, AI.getName());
Chris Lattnera2620ac2002-11-09 00:49:43 +00004727 else {
4728 assert(isa<AllocaInst>(AI) && "Unknown type of allocation inst!");
Chris Lattnerabb77c92004-03-19 06:08:10 +00004729 New = new AllocaInst(NewTy, 0, AI.getName());
Chris Lattnera2620ac2002-11-09 00:49:43 +00004730 }
Chris Lattnerabb77c92004-03-19 06:08:10 +00004731
4732 InsertNewInstBefore(New, AI);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004733
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +00004734 // Scan to the end of the allocation instructions, to skip over a block of
4735 // allocas if possible...
4736 //
4737 BasicBlock::iterator It = New;
4738 while (isa<AllocationInst>(*It)) ++It;
4739
4740 // Now that I is pointing to the first non-allocation-inst in the block,
4741 // insert our getelementptr instruction...
4742 //
Chris Lattner809dfac2005-05-04 19:10:26 +00004743 Value *NullIdx = Constant::getNullValue(Type::IntTy);
4744 Value *V = new GetElementPtrInst(New, NullIdx, NullIdx,
4745 New->getName()+".sub", It);
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +00004746
4747 // Now make everything use the getelementptr instead of the original
4748 // allocation.
Chris Lattnerabb77c92004-03-19 06:08:10 +00004749 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(AI, V);
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004750 } else if (isa<UndefValue>(AI.getArraySize())) {
4751 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(AI, Constant::getNullValue(AI.getType()));
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +00004752 }
Chris Lattnerabb77c92004-03-19 06:08:10 +00004753
4754 // If alloca'ing a zero byte object, replace the alloca with a null pointer.
4755 // Note that we only do this for alloca's, because malloc should allocate and
4756 // return a unique pointer, even for a zero byte allocation.
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004757 if (isa<AllocaInst>(AI) && AI.getAllocatedType()->isSized() &&
Chris Lattner49df6ce2004-07-02 22:55:47 +00004758 TD->getTypeSize(AI.getAllocatedType()) == 0)
Chris Lattnerabb77c92004-03-19 06:08:10 +00004759 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(AI, Constant::getNullValue(AI.getType()));
4760
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +00004761 return 0;
4762}
4763
Chris Lattner8427bff2003-12-07 01:24:23 +00004764Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFreeInst(FreeInst &FI) {
4765 Value *Op = FI.getOperand(0);
4766
4767 // Change free <ty>* (cast <ty2>* X to <ty>*) into free <ty2>* X
4768 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op))
4769 if (isa<PointerType>(CI->getOperand(0)->getType())) {
4770 FI.setOperand(0, CI->getOperand(0));
4771 return &FI;
4772 }
4773
Chris Lattner8ba9ec92004-10-18 02:59:09 +00004774 // free undef -> unreachable.
4775 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op)) {
4776 // Insert a new store to null because we cannot modify the CFG here.
4777 new StoreInst(ConstantBool::True,
4778 UndefValue::get(PointerType::get(Type::BoolTy)), &FI);
4779 return EraseInstFromFunction(FI);
4780 }
4781
Chris Lattnerf3a36602004-02-28 04:57:37 +00004782 // If we have 'free null' delete the instruction. This can happen in stl code
4783 // when lots of inlining happens.
Chris Lattner8ba9ec92004-10-18 02:59:09 +00004784 if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Op))
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +00004785 return EraseInstFromFunction(FI);
Chris Lattnerf3a36602004-02-28 04:57:37 +00004786
Chris Lattner8427bff2003-12-07 01:24:23 +00004787 return 0;
4788}
4789
4790
Chris Lattner0f1d8a32003-06-26 05:06:25 +00004791/// GetGEPGlobalInitializer - Given a constant, and a getelementptr
4792/// constantexpr, return the constant value being addressed by the constant
4793/// expression, or null if something is funny.
4794///
4795static Constant *GetGEPGlobalInitializer(Constant *C, ConstantExpr *CE) {
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004796 if (CE->getOperand(1) != Constant::getNullValue(CE->getOperand(1)->getType()))
Chris Lattner0f1d8a32003-06-26 05:06:25 +00004797 return 0; // Do not allow stepping over the value!
4798
4799 // Loop over all of the operands, tracking down which value we are
4800 // addressing...
Chris Lattnered79d8a2004-05-27 17:30:27 +00004801 gep_type_iterator I = gep_type_begin(CE), E = gep_type_end(CE);
4802 for (++I; I != E; ++I)
4803 if (const StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(*I)) {
4804 ConstantUInt *CU = cast<ConstantUInt>(I.getOperand());
4805 assert(CU->getValue() < STy->getNumElements() &&
4806 "Struct index out of range!");
Chris Lattnerfdfe3e492005-01-08 19:42:22 +00004807 unsigned El = (unsigned)CU->getValue();
Chris Lattnered79d8a2004-05-27 17:30:27 +00004808 if (ConstantStruct *CS = dyn_cast<ConstantStruct>(C)) {
Chris Lattnerfdfe3e492005-01-08 19:42:22 +00004809 C = CS->getOperand(El);
Chris Lattnered79d8a2004-05-27 17:30:27 +00004810 } else if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(C)) {
Jeff Cohen82639852005-04-23 21:38:35 +00004811 C = Constant::getNullValue(STy->getElementType(El));
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004812 } else if (isa<UndefValue>(C)) {
Jeff Cohen82639852005-04-23 21:38:35 +00004813 C = UndefValue::get(STy->getElementType(El));
Chris Lattnered79d8a2004-05-27 17:30:27 +00004814 } else {
4815 return 0;
4816 }
4817 } else if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I.getOperand())) {
4818 const ArrayType *ATy = cast<ArrayType>(*I);
4819 if ((uint64_t)CI->getRawValue() >= ATy->getNumElements()) return 0;
4820 if (ConstantArray *CA = dyn_cast<ConstantArray>(C))
Chris Lattnerfdfe3e492005-01-08 19:42:22 +00004821 C = CA->getOperand((unsigned)CI->getRawValue());
Chris Lattnered79d8a2004-05-27 17:30:27 +00004822 else if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(C))
4823 C = Constant::getNullValue(ATy->getElementType());
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004824 else if (isa<UndefValue>(C))
4825 C = UndefValue::get(ATy->getElementType());
Chris Lattnered79d8a2004-05-27 17:30:27 +00004826 else
4827 return 0;
4828 } else {
Chris Lattner0f1d8a32003-06-26 05:06:25 +00004829 return 0;
Chris Lattnered79d8a2004-05-27 17:30:27 +00004830 }
Chris Lattner0f1d8a32003-06-26 05:06:25 +00004831 return C;
4832}
4833
Chris Lattner72684fe2005-01-31 05:51:45 +00004834/// InstCombineLoadCast - Fold 'load (cast P)' -> cast (load P)' when possible.
Chris Lattner35e24772004-07-13 01:49:43 +00004835static Instruction *InstCombineLoadCast(InstCombiner &IC, LoadInst &LI) {
4836 User *CI = cast<User>(LI.getOperand(0));
Chris Lattnerfe1b0b82005-01-31 04:50:46 +00004837 Value *CastOp = CI->getOperand(0);
Chris Lattner35e24772004-07-13 01:49:43 +00004838
4839 const Type *DestPTy = cast<PointerType>(CI->getType())->getElementType();
Chris Lattnerfe1b0b82005-01-31 04:50:46 +00004840 if (const PointerType *SrcTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(CastOp->getType())) {
Chris Lattner35e24772004-07-13 01:49:43 +00004841 const Type *SrcPTy = SrcTy->getElementType();
Chris Lattnerfe1b0b82005-01-31 04:50:46 +00004842
4843 if (DestPTy->isInteger() || isa<PointerType>(DestPTy)) {
4844 // If the source is an array, the code below will not succeed. Check to
4845 // see if a trivial 'gep P, 0, 0' will help matters. Only do this for
4846 // constants.
4847 if (const ArrayType *ASrcTy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(SrcPTy))
4848 if (Constant *CSrc = dyn_cast<Constant>(CastOp))
4849 if (ASrcTy->getNumElements() != 0) {
4850 std::vector<Value*> Idxs(2, Constant::getNullValue(Type::IntTy));
4851 CastOp = ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(CSrc, Idxs);
4852 SrcTy = cast<PointerType>(CastOp->getType());
4853 SrcPTy = SrcTy->getElementType();
4854 }
4855
4856 if ((SrcPTy->isInteger() || isa<PointerType>(SrcPTy)) &&
Chris Lattnerecfa9b52005-03-29 06:37:47 +00004857 // Do not allow turning this into a load of an integer, which is then
4858 // casted to a pointer, this pessimizes pointer analysis a lot.
4859 (isa<PointerType>(SrcPTy) == isa<PointerType>(LI.getType())) &&
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004860 IC.getTargetData().getTypeSize(SrcPTy) ==
Chris Lattnerfe1b0b82005-01-31 04:50:46 +00004861 IC.getTargetData().getTypeSize(DestPTy)) {
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004862
Chris Lattnerfe1b0b82005-01-31 04:50:46 +00004863 // Okay, we are casting from one integer or pointer type to another of
4864 // the same size. Instead of casting the pointer before the load, cast
4865 // the result of the loaded value.
4866 Value *NewLoad = IC.InsertNewInstBefore(new LoadInst(CastOp,
4867 CI->getName(),
4868 LI.isVolatile()),LI);
4869 // Now cast the result of the load.
4870 return new CastInst(NewLoad, LI.getType());
4871 }
Chris Lattner35e24772004-07-13 01:49:43 +00004872 }
4873 }
4874 return 0;
4875}
4876
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004877/// isSafeToLoadUnconditionally - Return true if we know that executing a load
Chris Lattnere6f13092004-09-19 19:18:10 +00004878/// from this value cannot trap. If it is not obviously safe to load from the
4879/// specified pointer, we do a quick local scan of the basic block containing
4880/// ScanFrom, to determine if the address is already accessed.
4881static bool isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(Value *V, Instruction *ScanFrom) {
4882 // If it is an alloca or global variable, it is always safe to load from.
4883 if (isa<AllocaInst>(V) || isa<GlobalVariable>(V)) return true;
4884
4885 // Otherwise, be a little bit agressive by scanning the local block where we
4886 // want to check to see if the pointer is already being loaded or stored
Alkis Evlogimenosd59cebf2004-09-20 06:42:58 +00004887 // from/to. If so, the previous load or store would have already trapped,
4888 // so there is no harm doing an extra load (also, CSE will later eliminate
4889 // the load entirely).
Chris Lattnere6f13092004-09-19 19:18:10 +00004890 BasicBlock::iterator BBI = ScanFrom, E = ScanFrom->getParent()->begin();
4891
Alkis Evlogimenosd59cebf2004-09-20 06:42:58 +00004892 while (BBI != E) {
Chris Lattnere6f13092004-09-19 19:18:10 +00004893 --BBI;
4894
4895 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(BBI)) {
4896 if (LI->getOperand(0) == V) return true;
4897 } else if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(BBI))
4898 if (SI->getOperand(1) == V) return true;
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004899
Alkis Evlogimenosd59cebf2004-09-20 06:42:58 +00004900 }
Chris Lattnere6f13092004-09-19 19:18:10 +00004901 return false;
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004902}
4903
Chris Lattner0f1d8a32003-06-26 05:06:25 +00004904Instruction *InstCombiner::visitLoadInst(LoadInst &LI) {
4905 Value *Op = LI.getOperand(0);
Chris Lattner7e8af382004-01-12 04:13:56 +00004906
Chris Lattnera9d84e32005-05-01 04:24:53 +00004907 // load (cast X) --> cast (load X) iff safe
4908 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op))
4909 if (Instruction *Res = InstCombineLoadCast(*this, LI))
4910 return Res;
4911
4912 // None of the following transforms are legal for volatile loads.
4913 if (LI.isVolatile()) return 0;
4914
4915 if (GetElementPtrInst *GEPI = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(Op))
4916 if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(GEPI->getOperand(0)) ||
4917 isa<UndefValue>(GEPI->getOperand(0))) {
4918 // Insert a new store to null instruction before the load to indicate
4919 // that this code is not reachable. We do this instead of inserting
4920 // an unreachable instruction directly because we cannot modify the
4921 // CFG.
4922 new StoreInst(UndefValue::get(LI.getType()),
4923 Constant::getNullValue(Op->getType()), &LI);
4924 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, UndefValue::get(LI.getType()));
4925 }
4926
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004927 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op)) {
Chris Lattnera9d84e32005-05-01 04:24:53 +00004928 // load null/undef -> undef
4929 if ((C->isNullValue() || isa<UndefValue>(C))) {
Chris Lattner8ba9ec92004-10-18 02:59:09 +00004930 // Insert a new store to null instruction before the load to indicate that
4931 // this code is not reachable. We do this instead of inserting an
4932 // unreachable instruction directly because we cannot modify the CFG.
Chris Lattnera9d84e32005-05-01 04:24:53 +00004933 new StoreInst(UndefValue::get(LI.getType()),
4934 Constant::getNullValue(Op->getType()), &LI);
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004935 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, UndefValue::get(LI.getType()));
Chris Lattner8ba9ec92004-10-18 02:59:09 +00004936 }
Chris Lattner0f1d8a32003-06-26 05:06:25 +00004937
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004938 // Instcombine load (constant global) into the value loaded.
4939 if (GlobalVariable *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(Op))
4940 if (GV->isConstant() && !GV->isExternal())
4941 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, GV->getInitializer());
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004942
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004943 // Instcombine load (constantexpr_GEP global, 0, ...) into the value loaded.
4944 if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(Op))
4945 if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr) {
4946 if (GlobalVariable *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(CE->getOperand(0)))
4947 if (GV->isConstant() && !GV->isExternal())
4948 if (Constant *V = GetGEPGlobalInitializer(GV->getInitializer(), CE))
4949 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, V);
Chris Lattnera9d84e32005-05-01 04:24:53 +00004950 if (CE->getOperand(0)->isNullValue()) {
4951 // Insert a new store to null instruction before the load to indicate
4952 // that this code is not reachable. We do this instead of inserting
4953 // an unreachable instruction directly because we cannot modify the
4954 // CFG.
4955 new StoreInst(UndefValue::get(LI.getType()),
4956 Constant::getNullValue(Op->getType()), &LI);
4957 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, UndefValue::get(LI.getType()));
4958 }
4959
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004960 } else if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::Cast) {
4961 if (Instruction *Res = InstCombineLoadCast(*this, LI))
4962 return Res;
4963 }
4964 }
Chris Lattnere228ee52004-04-08 20:39:49 +00004965
Chris Lattnera9d84e32005-05-01 04:24:53 +00004966 if (Op->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004967 // Change select and PHI nodes to select values instead of addresses: this
4968 // helps alias analysis out a lot, allows many others simplifications, and
4969 // exposes redundancy in the code.
4970 //
4971 // Note that we cannot do the transformation unless we know that the
4972 // introduced loads cannot trap! Something like this is valid as long as
4973 // the condition is always false: load (select bool %C, int* null, int* %G),
4974 // but it would not be valid if we transformed it to load from null
4975 // unconditionally.
4976 //
4977 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op)) {
4978 // load (select (Cond, &V1, &V2)) --> select(Cond, load &V1, load &V2).
Chris Lattnere6f13092004-09-19 19:18:10 +00004979 if (isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(SI->getOperand(1), SI) &&
4980 isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(SI->getOperand(2), SI)) {
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004981 Value *V1 = InsertNewInstBefore(new LoadInst(SI->getOperand(1),
Chris Lattner42618552004-09-20 10:15:10 +00004982 SI->getOperand(1)->getName()+".val"), LI);
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004983 Value *V2 = InsertNewInstBefore(new LoadInst(SI->getOperand(2),
Chris Lattner42618552004-09-20 10:15:10 +00004984 SI->getOperand(2)->getName()+".val"), LI);
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004985 return new SelectInst(SI->getCondition(), V1, V2);
4986 }
4987
Chris Lattnerbdcf41a2004-09-23 15:46:00 +00004988 // load (select (cond, null, P)) -> load P
4989 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(SI->getOperand(1)))
4990 if (C->isNullValue()) {
4991 LI.setOperand(0, SI->getOperand(2));
4992 return &LI;
4993 }
4994
4995 // load (select (cond, P, null)) -> load P
4996 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(SI->getOperand(2)))
4997 if (C->isNullValue()) {
4998 LI.setOperand(0, SI->getOperand(1));
4999 return &LI;
5000 }
5001
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00005002 } else if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(Op)) {
5003 // load (phi (&V1, &V2, &V3)) --> phi(load &V1, load &V2, load &V3)
Chris Lattner42618552004-09-20 10:15:10 +00005004 bool Safe = PN->getParent() == LI.getParent();
5005
5006 // Scan all of the instructions between the PHI and the load to make
5007 // sure there are no instructions that might possibly alter the value
5008 // loaded from the PHI.
5009 if (Safe) {
5010 BasicBlock::iterator I = &LI;
5011 for (--I; !isa<PHINode>(I); --I)
5012 if (isa<StoreInst>(I) || isa<CallInst>(I)) {
5013 Safe = false;
5014 break;
5015 }
5016 }
5017
5018 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e && Safe; ++i)
Chris Lattnere6f13092004-09-19 19:18:10 +00005019 if (!isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(PN->getIncomingValue(i),
Chris Lattner42618552004-09-20 10:15:10 +00005020 PN->getIncomingBlock(i)->getTerminator()))
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00005021 Safe = false;
Chris Lattner42618552004-09-20 10:15:10 +00005022
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00005023 if (Safe) {
5024 // Create the PHI.
5025 PHINode *NewPN = new PHINode(LI.getType(), PN->getName());
5026 InsertNewInstBefore(NewPN, *PN);
5027 std::map<BasicBlock*,Value*> LoadMap; // Don't insert duplicate loads
5028
5029 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
5030 BasicBlock *BB = PN->getIncomingBlock(i);
5031 Value *&TheLoad = LoadMap[BB];
5032 if (TheLoad == 0) {
5033 Value *InVal = PN->getIncomingValue(i);
5034 TheLoad = InsertNewInstBefore(new LoadInst(InVal,
5035 InVal->getName()+".val"),
5036 *BB->getTerminator());
5037 }
5038 NewPN->addIncoming(TheLoad, BB);
5039 }
5040 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, NewPN);
5041 }
5042 }
5043 }
Chris Lattner0f1d8a32003-06-26 05:06:25 +00005044 return 0;
5045}
5046
Chris Lattner72684fe2005-01-31 05:51:45 +00005047/// InstCombineStoreToCast - Fold 'store V, (cast P)' -> store (cast V), P'
5048/// when possible.
5049static Instruction *InstCombineStoreToCast(InstCombiner &IC, StoreInst &SI) {
5050 User *CI = cast<User>(SI.getOperand(1));
5051 Value *CastOp = CI->getOperand(0);
5052
5053 const Type *DestPTy = cast<PointerType>(CI->getType())->getElementType();
5054 if (const PointerType *SrcTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(CastOp->getType())) {
5055 const Type *SrcPTy = SrcTy->getElementType();
5056
5057 if (DestPTy->isInteger() || isa<PointerType>(DestPTy)) {
5058 // If the source is an array, the code below will not succeed. Check to
5059 // see if a trivial 'gep P, 0, 0' will help matters. Only do this for
5060 // constants.
5061 if (const ArrayType *ASrcTy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(SrcPTy))
5062 if (Constant *CSrc = dyn_cast<Constant>(CastOp))
5063 if (ASrcTy->getNumElements() != 0) {
5064 std::vector<Value*> Idxs(2, Constant::getNullValue(Type::IntTy));
5065 CastOp = ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(CSrc, Idxs);
5066 SrcTy = cast<PointerType>(CastOp->getType());
5067 SrcPTy = SrcTy->getElementType();
5068 }
5069
5070 if ((SrcPTy->isInteger() || isa<PointerType>(SrcPTy)) &&
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00005071 IC.getTargetData().getTypeSize(SrcPTy) ==
Chris Lattner72684fe2005-01-31 05:51:45 +00005072 IC.getTargetData().getTypeSize(DestPTy)) {
5073
5074 // Okay, we are casting from one integer or pointer type to another of
5075 // the same size. Instead of casting the pointer before the store, cast
5076 // the value to be stored.
5077 Value *NewCast;
5078 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(SI.getOperand(0)))
5079 NewCast = ConstantExpr::getCast(C, SrcPTy);
5080 else
5081 NewCast = IC.InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(SI.getOperand(0),
5082 SrcPTy,
5083 SI.getOperand(0)->getName()+".c"), SI);
5084
5085 return new StoreInst(NewCast, CastOp);
5086 }
5087 }
5088 }
5089 return 0;
5090}
5091
Chris Lattner31f486c2005-01-31 05:36:43 +00005092Instruction *InstCombiner::visitStoreInst(StoreInst &SI) {
5093 Value *Val = SI.getOperand(0);
5094 Value *Ptr = SI.getOperand(1);
5095
5096 if (isa<UndefValue>(Ptr)) { // store X, undef -> noop (even if volatile)
5097 removeFromWorkList(&SI);
5098 SI.eraseFromParent();
5099 ++NumCombined;
5100 return 0;
5101 }
5102
5103 if (SI.isVolatile()) return 0; // Don't hack volatile loads.
5104
5105 // store X, null -> turns into 'unreachable' in SimplifyCFG
5106 if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Ptr)) {
5107 if (!isa<UndefValue>(Val)) {
5108 SI.setOperand(0, UndefValue::get(Val->getType()));
5109 if (Instruction *U = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Val))
5110 WorkList.push_back(U); // Dropped a use.
5111 ++NumCombined;
5112 }
5113 return 0; // Do not modify these!
5114 }
5115
5116 // store undef, Ptr -> noop
5117 if (isa<UndefValue>(Val)) {
5118 removeFromWorkList(&SI);
5119 SI.eraseFromParent();
5120 ++NumCombined;
5121 return 0;
5122 }
5123
Chris Lattner72684fe2005-01-31 05:51:45 +00005124 // If the pointer destination is a cast, see if we can fold the cast into the
5125 // source instead.
5126 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Ptr))
5127 if (Instruction *Res = InstCombineStoreToCast(*this, SI))
5128 return Res;
5129 if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(Ptr))
5130 if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::Cast)
5131 if (Instruction *Res = InstCombineStoreToCast(*this, SI))
5132 return Res;
5133
Chris Lattner31f486c2005-01-31 05:36:43 +00005134 return 0;
5135}
5136
5137
Chris Lattner9eef8a72003-06-04 04:46:00 +00005138Instruction *InstCombiner::visitBranchInst(BranchInst &BI) {
5139 // Change br (not X), label True, label False to: br X, label False, True
Reid Spencer4fdd96c2005-06-18 17:37:34 +00005140 Value *X = 0;
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00005141 BasicBlock *TrueDest;
5142 BasicBlock *FalseDest;
5143 if (match(&BI, m_Br(m_Not(m_Value(X)), TrueDest, FalseDest)) &&
5144 !isa<Constant>(X)) {
5145 // Swap Destinations and condition...
5146 BI.setCondition(X);
5147 BI.setSuccessor(0, FalseDest);
5148 BI.setSuccessor(1, TrueDest);
5149 return &BI;
5150 }
5151
5152 // Cannonicalize setne -> seteq
5153 Instruction::BinaryOps Op; Value *Y;
5154 if (match(&BI, m_Br(m_SetCond(Op, m_Value(X), m_Value(Y)),
5155 TrueDest, FalseDest)))
5156 if ((Op == Instruction::SetNE || Op == Instruction::SetLE ||
5157 Op == Instruction::SetGE) && BI.getCondition()->hasOneUse()) {
5158 SetCondInst *I = cast<SetCondInst>(BI.getCondition());
5159 std::string Name = I->getName(); I->setName("");
5160 Instruction::BinaryOps NewOpcode = SetCondInst::getInverseCondition(Op);
5161 Value *NewSCC = BinaryOperator::create(NewOpcode, X, Y, Name, I);
Chris Lattnere967b342003-06-04 05:10:11 +00005162 // Swap Destinations and condition...
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00005163 BI.setCondition(NewSCC);
Chris Lattnere967b342003-06-04 05:10:11 +00005164 BI.setSuccessor(0, FalseDest);
5165 BI.setSuccessor(1, TrueDest);
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00005166 removeFromWorkList(I);
5167 I->getParent()->getInstList().erase(I);
5168 WorkList.push_back(cast<Instruction>(NewSCC));
Chris Lattnere967b342003-06-04 05:10:11 +00005169 return &BI;
5170 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00005171
Chris Lattner9eef8a72003-06-04 04:46:00 +00005172 return 0;
5173}
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +00005174
Chris Lattner4c9c20a2004-07-03 00:26:11 +00005175Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSwitchInst(SwitchInst &SI) {
5176 Value *Cond = SI.getCondition();
5177 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Cond)) {
5178 if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add)
5179 if (ConstantInt *AddRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) {
5180 // change 'switch (X+4) case 1:' into 'switch (X) case -3'
5181 for (unsigned i = 2, e = SI.getNumOperands(); i != e; i += 2)
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00005182 SI.setOperand(i,ConstantExpr::getSub(cast<Constant>(SI.getOperand(i)),
Chris Lattner4c9c20a2004-07-03 00:26:11 +00005183 AddRHS));
5184 SI.setOperand(0, I->getOperand(0));
5185 WorkList.push_back(I);
5186 return &SI;
5187 }
5188 }
5189 return 0;
5190}
5191
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00005192
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00005193void InstCombiner::removeFromWorkList(Instruction *I) {
5194 WorkList.erase(std::remove(WorkList.begin(), WorkList.end(), I),
5195 WorkList.end());
5196}
5197
Chris Lattner39c98bb2004-12-08 23:43:58 +00005198
5199/// TryToSinkInstruction - Try to move the specified instruction from its
5200/// current block into the beginning of DestBlock, which can only happen if it's
5201/// safe to move the instruction past all of the instructions between it and the
5202/// end of its block.
5203static bool TryToSinkInstruction(Instruction *I, BasicBlock *DestBlock) {
5204 assert(I->hasOneUse() && "Invariants didn't hold!");
5205
5206 // Cannot move control-flow-involving instructions.
5207 if (isa<PHINode>(I) || isa<InvokeInst>(I) || isa<CallInst>(I)) return false;
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00005208
Chris Lattner39c98bb2004-12-08 23:43:58 +00005209 // Do not sink alloca instructions out of the entry block.
5210 if (isa<AllocaInst>(I) && I->getParent() == &DestBlock->getParent()->front())
5211 return false;
5212
Chris Lattnerf17a2fb2004-12-09 07:14:34 +00005213 // We can only sink load instructions if there is nothing between the load and
5214 // the end of block that could change the value.
5215 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
5216 if (LI->isVolatile()) return false; // Don't sink volatile loads.
5217
5218 for (BasicBlock::iterator Scan = LI, E = LI->getParent()->end();
5219 Scan != E; ++Scan)
5220 if (Scan->mayWriteToMemory())
5221 return false;
Chris Lattnerf17a2fb2004-12-09 07:14:34 +00005222 }
Chris Lattner39c98bb2004-12-08 23:43:58 +00005223
5224 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPos = DestBlock->begin();
5225 while (isa<PHINode>(InsertPos)) ++InsertPos;
5226
5227 BasicBlock *SrcBlock = I->getParent();
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00005228 DestBlock->getInstList().splice(InsertPos, SrcBlock->getInstList(), I);
Chris Lattner39c98bb2004-12-08 23:43:58 +00005229 ++NumSunkInst;
5230 return true;
5231}
5232
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00005233bool InstCombiner::runOnFunction(Function &F) {
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +00005234 bool Changed = false;
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +00005235 TD = &getAnalysis<TargetData>();
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00005236
Chris Lattner4ed40f72005-07-07 20:40:38 +00005237 {
5238 // Populate the worklist with the reachable instructions.
5239 std::set<BasicBlock*> Visited;
5240 for (df_ext_iterator<BasicBlock*> BB = df_ext_begin(&F.front(), Visited),
5241 E = df_ext_end(&F.front(), Visited); BB != E; ++BB)
5242 for (BasicBlock::iterator I = BB->begin(), E = BB->end(); I != E; ++I)
5243 WorkList.push_back(I);
5244
5245 // Do a quick scan over the function. If we find any blocks that are
5246 // unreachable, remove any instructions inside of them. This prevents
5247 // the instcombine code from having to deal with some bad special cases.
5248 for (Function::iterator BB = F.begin(), E = F.end(); BB != E; ++BB)
5249 if (!Visited.count(BB)) {
5250 Instruction *Term = BB->getTerminator();
5251 while (Term != BB->begin()) { // Remove instrs bottom-up
5252 BasicBlock::iterator I = Term; --I;
Chris Lattner2d3a7a62004-04-27 15:13:33 +00005253
Chris Lattner4ed40f72005-07-07 20:40:38 +00005254 DEBUG(std::cerr << "IC: DCE: " << *I);
5255 ++NumDeadInst;
5256
5257 if (!I->use_empty())
5258 I->replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(I->getType()));
5259 I->eraseFromParent();
5260 }
5261 }
5262 }
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00005263
5264 while (!WorkList.empty()) {
5265 Instruction *I = WorkList.back(); // Get an instruction from the worklist
5266 WorkList.pop_back();
5267
Misha Brukman632df282002-10-29 23:06:16 +00005268 // Check to see if we can DCE or ConstantPropagate the instruction...
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00005269 // Check to see if we can DIE the instruction...
5270 if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(I)) {
5271 // Add operands to the worklist...
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005272 if (I->getNumOperands() < 4)
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +00005273 AddUsesToWorkList(*I);
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00005274 ++NumDeadInst;
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005275
Chris Lattnercd517ff2005-01-28 19:32:01 +00005276 DEBUG(std::cerr << "IC: DCE: " << *I);
5277
5278 I->eraseFromParent();
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005279 removeFromWorkList(I);
5280 continue;
5281 }
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00005282
Misha Brukman632df282002-10-29 23:06:16 +00005283 // Instruction isn't dead, see if we can constant propagate it...
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00005284 if (Constant *C = ConstantFoldInstruction(I)) {
Alkis Evlogimenosa1291a02004-12-08 23:10:30 +00005285 Value* Ptr = I->getOperand(0);
Chris Lattner6580e092004-10-16 19:44:59 +00005286 if (isa<GetElementPtrInst>(I) &&
Alkis Evlogimenosa1291a02004-12-08 23:10:30 +00005287 cast<Constant>(Ptr)->isNullValue() &&
5288 !isa<ConstantPointerNull>(C) &&
5289 cast<PointerType>(Ptr->getType())->getElementType()->isSized()) {
Chris Lattner6580e092004-10-16 19:44:59 +00005290 // If this is a constant expr gep that is effectively computing an
5291 // "offsetof", fold it into 'cast int X to T*' instead of 'gep 0, 0, 12'
5292 bool isFoldableGEP = true;
5293 for (unsigned i = 1, e = I->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
5294 if (!isa<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(i)))
5295 isFoldableGEP = false;
5296 if (isFoldableGEP) {
Alkis Evlogimenosa1291a02004-12-08 23:10:30 +00005297 uint64_t Offset = TD->getIndexedOffset(Ptr->getType(),
Chris Lattner6580e092004-10-16 19:44:59 +00005298 std::vector<Value*>(I->op_begin()+1, I->op_end()));
5299 C = ConstantUInt::get(Type::ULongTy, Offset);
Chris Lattner684c5c62004-10-16 19:46:33 +00005300 C = ConstantExpr::getCast(C, TD->getIntPtrType());
Chris Lattner6580e092004-10-16 19:44:59 +00005301 C = ConstantExpr::getCast(C, I->getType());
5302 }
5303 }
5304
Chris Lattnercd517ff2005-01-28 19:32:01 +00005305 DEBUG(std::cerr << "IC: ConstFold to: " << *C << " from: " << *I);
5306
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00005307 // Add operands to the worklist...
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +00005308 AddUsesToWorkList(*I);
Chris Lattnerc6509f42002-12-05 22:41:53 +00005309 ReplaceInstUsesWith(*I, C);
5310
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00005311 ++NumConstProp;
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005312 I->getParent()->getInstList().erase(I);
Chris Lattner800aaaf2003-10-07 15:17:02 +00005313 removeFromWorkList(I);
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005314 continue;
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00005315 }
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005316
Chris Lattner39c98bb2004-12-08 23:43:58 +00005317 // See if we can trivially sink this instruction to a successor basic block.
5318 if (I->hasOneUse()) {
5319 BasicBlock *BB = I->getParent();
5320 BasicBlock *UserParent = cast<Instruction>(I->use_back())->getParent();
5321 if (UserParent != BB) {
5322 bool UserIsSuccessor = false;
5323 // See if the user is one of our successors.
5324 for (succ_iterator SI = succ_begin(BB), E = succ_end(BB); SI != E; ++SI)
5325 if (*SI == UserParent) {
5326 UserIsSuccessor = true;
5327 break;
5328 }
5329
5330 // If the user is one of our immediate successors, and if that successor
5331 // only has us as a predecessors (we'd have to split the critical edge
5332 // otherwise), we can keep going.
5333 if (UserIsSuccessor && !isa<PHINode>(I->use_back()) &&
5334 next(pred_begin(UserParent)) == pred_end(UserParent))
5335 // Okay, the CFG is simple enough, try to sink this instruction.
5336 Changed |= TryToSinkInstruction(I, UserParent);
5337 }
5338 }
5339
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00005340 // Now that we have an instruction, try combining it to simplify it...
Chris Lattnerae7a0d32002-08-02 19:29:35 +00005341 if (Instruction *Result = visit(*I)) {
Chris Lattner0b18c1d2002-05-10 15:38:35 +00005342 ++NumCombined;
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +00005343 // Should we replace the old instruction with a new one?
Chris Lattner053c0932002-05-14 15:24:07 +00005344 if (Result != I) {
Chris Lattner7d2a5392004-03-13 23:54:27 +00005345 DEBUG(std::cerr << "IC: Old = " << *I
5346 << " New = " << *Result);
5347
Chris Lattner396dbfe2004-06-09 05:08:07 +00005348 // Everything uses the new instruction now.
5349 I->replaceAllUsesWith(Result);
5350
5351 // Push the new instruction and any users onto the worklist.
5352 WorkList.push_back(Result);
5353 AddUsersToWorkList(*Result);
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005354
5355 // Move the name to the new instruction first...
5356 std::string OldName = I->getName(); I->setName("");
Chris Lattner950fc782003-10-07 22:58:41 +00005357 Result->setName(OldName);
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005358
5359 // Insert the new instruction into the basic block...
5360 BasicBlock *InstParent = I->getParent();
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +00005361 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPos = I;
5362
5363 if (!isa<PHINode>(Result)) // If combining a PHI, don't insert
5364 while (isa<PHINode>(InsertPos)) // middle of a block of PHIs.
5365 ++InsertPos;
5366
5367 InstParent->getInstList().insert(InsertPos, Result);
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005368
Chris Lattner63d75af2004-05-01 23:27:23 +00005369 // Make sure that we reprocess all operands now that we reduced their
5370 // use counts.
Chris Lattnerb643a9e2004-05-01 23:19:52 +00005371 for (unsigned i = 0, e = I->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
5372 if (Instruction *OpI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(I->getOperand(i)))
5373 WorkList.push_back(OpI);
5374
Chris Lattner396dbfe2004-06-09 05:08:07 +00005375 // Instructions can end up on the worklist more than once. Make sure
5376 // we do not process an instruction that has been deleted.
5377 removeFromWorkList(I);
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005378
5379 // Erase the old instruction.
5380 InstParent->getInstList().erase(I);
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00005381 } else {
Chris Lattner7d2a5392004-03-13 23:54:27 +00005382 DEBUG(std::cerr << "IC: MOD = " << *I);
5383
Chris Lattnerae7a0d32002-08-02 19:29:35 +00005384 // If the instruction was modified, it's possible that it is now dead.
5385 // if so, remove it.
Chris Lattner63d75af2004-05-01 23:27:23 +00005386 if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(I)) {
5387 // Make sure we process all operands now that we are reducing their
5388 // use counts.
5389 for (unsigned i = 0, e = I->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
5390 if (Instruction *OpI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(I->getOperand(i)))
5391 WorkList.push_back(OpI);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00005392
Chris Lattner63d75af2004-05-01 23:27:23 +00005393 // Instructions may end up in the worklist more than once. Erase all
5394 // occurrances of this instruction.
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00005395 removeFromWorkList(I);
Chris Lattner31f486c2005-01-31 05:36:43 +00005396 I->eraseFromParent();
Chris Lattner396dbfe2004-06-09 05:08:07 +00005397 } else {
5398 WorkList.push_back(Result);
5399 AddUsersToWorkList(*Result);
Chris Lattnerae7a0d32002-08-02 19:29:35 +00005400 }
Chris Lattner053c0932002-05-14 15:24:07 +00005401 }
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +00005402 Changed = true;
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00005403 }
5404 }
5405
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +00005406 return Changed;
Chris Lattner04805fa2002-02-26 21:46:54 +00005407}
5408
Brian Gaeke38b79e82004-07-27 17:43:21 +00005409FunctionPass *llvm::createInstructionCombiningPass() {
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +00005410 return new InstCombiner();
Chris Lattner04805fa2002-02-26 21:46:54 +00005411}
Brian Gaeke960707c2003-11-11 22:41:34 +00005412